Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metasasis of cancer cells

ABSTRACT

Disclosed are methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells. The disclosed compounds can be used to prevent the spread of tumor or other types of cancer cells.

PRIORITY

This application is a Continuation application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/783,311, filed Mar. 3, 2013, which is a Continuation Application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/677,550, filed Dec. 1, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,569,348, issued Oct. 29, 2013, which is a National Stage Entry under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application PCT/US2010/020822, filed Jan. 12, 2010, which claims the benefit of Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/223,260 filed on Jul. 6, 2009, the entire disclosures of which applications are incorporated herein by reference.

FIELD

Disclosed are compounds that can prevent the metastasis of cancerous tumors and/or reduce tumor growth. Further disclosed are compositions, especially pharmaceutical compositions for preventing metastasis of malignant tumors and reducing tumor growth. Included within the compositions are combined therapy compositions for use in treating cancer. Still further disclosed are methods for preventing metastasis of cancerous tumors and other cancer cells. As such, the disclosed compounds can be used to aid in the prevention of cancerous growth in a subject having cancer or diagnosed with cancer.

BACKGROUND

One of the most frightening aspects of cancer is its ability to spread, or metastasize. Initially, cancer cells are found grouped together thereby forming one or more tumors. After formation of the primary tumor, cancer cells can gain the ability to separate from the original tumor and travel to other areas of the body. Lung cancer cells that take up in the liver and form tumors are still lung cancer cells. Thus, the propensity for one particular form of cancer to metastasize is dependent on many factors, including type of cancer; however, the overall process of how cells begin the process of metastasis is still not completely under stood.

If a single localized tumor is discovered before it has had a chance to metastasize, then the prognosis of patient survival is higher. This is because the tumor can be effectively excised or destroyed by radiation or chemotherapy. There is, therefore, a difference between tumor growth and metastasis of the tumor cells; the first does not always lead to the other. Cancers that have metastasized, however, are difficult to cure because the extent to which they have spread throughout the body is sometimes not discernable.

In order to metastasize, a cancer cell must break away from its tumor and invade either the circulatory or lymph system. The free cells are then carried to a new location where they establish themselves. Although the body has natural safeguards that prevent cell from surviving after being detached from their natural location, some cancer cells have the ability to over come these safeguards. Therefore, if metastasis is stopped or significantly reduced, the extent of cancer can be determined and subsequently treated. As such, a follow up treatment to cancer therapy wherein a tumor has been excised or radiation/chemotherapy has been used, would be the treatment of the patient to an anti-metastasizing agent. There is a long felt need for methods of preventing cancer cell metastasis.

The growth of primary tumors also presents a challenge to treatment. If the growth of a primary tumor goes unchecked, the initial tumor can grow to a size that adversely effects organ function at the primary site and in nearby tissues. Metastases of the primary tumor are also more likely if the primary tumor's growth is uncontrolled. There is a need for methods of slowing or preventing tumor growth.

SUMMARY

Disclosed herein are compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells. Further disclosed are compounds, compositions, and methods that can be used for treating cancer, including combination therapy compositions wherein the disclosed compounds are combined with one or more cancer treatment drugs or other chemotherapeutic agents.

Additional advantages will be set forth in part in the description that follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the aspects described below. The advantages described below will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 depicts a graph showing the increase in tumor volume with time of renal cell carcinoma tumors (Renca) in mice; vehicle control (□); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (⋄); 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (Δ); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (∘).

FIG. 2 is a histogram of the volume of renal cell carcinoma tumors (Renca) in mice at day 25; vehicle control (A); 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (B); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (C); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (D).

FIG. 3 depicts a graph showing the increase in tumor volume with time of B16 melanoma tumors in mice; vehicle control (□); 300,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (⋄); 300,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (∘).

FIG. 4 depicts histogram of the volume of B16 melanoma tumors in mice at day 22; vehicle control (A); 300,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (B); 300,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (C).

FIG. 5 depicts a graph of the body weight of mice with B16 melanoma tumors; vehicle control (□); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (⋄); 300,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (Δ); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (∘); and 300,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (▪).

FIG. 6 depicts a graph showing the increase in tumor volume with time of B16 melanoma tumors in mice; vehicle control (□); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (⋄); and 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (∘).

FIG. 7 depicts histogram of the volume of B16 melanoma tumors in mice at day 22; vehicle control (A); 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 twice daily (B); and 100,000 IU/dose of IL-2 and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (C).

FIG. 8 depicts a graph showing the increase in tumor volume with time of B16 melanoma tumors in mice; vehicle control (□); and 40 mg/kg of D91 twice daily (∘).

FIG. 9 depicts the size of pancreatic tumors orthotopically implanted in NCr nu/nu mice: vehicle control (⋄); 100 mg/kg gemcitabine, i.p. twice weekly (X); 150 mg/kg gemcitabine, i.p. twice weekly (□); 20 mg/kg D91 twice daily (∘); 100 mg/kg gemcitabine, i.p. twice weekly and 20 mg/kg D91 twice daily (*); and 150 mg/kg gemcitabine, i.p. twice weekly and 20 mg/kg D91 twice daily (Δ).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms, which shall be defined to have the following meanings:

All percentages, ratios and proportions herein are by weight, unless otherwise specified. All temperatures are in degrees Celsius (° C.) unless otherwise specified.

By “pharmaceutically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.

Throughout the description and claims of this specification the word “comprise” and other forms of the word, such as “comprising” and “comprises,” means including but not limited to, and is not intended to exclude, for example, other additives, components, integers, or steps.

As used in the description and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a composition” includes mixtures of two or more such compositions, reference to “a phenylsulfamic acid” includes mixtures of two or more such phenylsulfamic acids, reference to “the compound” includes mixtures of two or more such compounds, and the like.

“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.

Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that when a value is disclosed, then “less than or equal to” the value, “greater than or equal to the value,” and possible ranges between values are also disclosed, as appropriately understood by the skilled artisan. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “less than or equal to 10” as well as “greater than or equal to 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that throughout the application data are provided in a number of different formats and that this data represent endpoints and starting points and ranges for any combination of the data points. For example, if a particular data point “10” and a particular data point “15” are disclosed, it is understood that greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, less than or equal to, and equal to 10 and 15 are considered disclosed as well as between 10 and 15. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.

As used herein, the terms “manage,” “managing” and “management” refer to the beneficial effects that a subject derives from administration of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent, which does not result in a cure of the disease or diseases. In certain embodiments, a subject is administered one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents to “manage” a disease so as to prevent the progression or worsening of the disease or diseases.

As used herein, the terms “prevent”, “preventing” and “prevention” refer to the methods to avert or avoid a disease or disorder or delay the recurrence or onset of one or more symptoms of a disorder in a subject resulting from the administration of a prophylactic agent.

As used herein, the term “in combination” refers to the use of more than one prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents. The use of the term “in combination” does not restrict the order in which prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents are administered to a subject with a disorder, e.g., hyperproliferative cell disorder, especially cancer. A first prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be administered prior to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 6 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 1 minute, 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 6 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second prophylactic or therapeutic agent to a subject which had, has, or is susceptible to a disorder. The prophylactic or therapeutic agents are administered to a subject in a sequence and within a time interval such that the agent of the present disclosure can act together with the other agent to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise. Any additional prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be administered in any order with the other additional prophylactic or therapeutic agents

As used herein, the terms “administer” when used to describe the dosage of a compound, means a single dose or multiple doses of the compound.

As used herein, the term “cancer treatment” means any treatment for cancer known in the art including, but not limited to, chemotherapy and radiation therapy.

As used herein, “tumor cells” means both cells derived from tumors, including malignant tumors, and cells immortalized in vitro. “Normal” cells refer to cells with normal growth characteristics that do not show abnormal proliferation.

As used herein, the terms “an individual identified as having cancer” and “cancer patient” are used interchangeably and are meant to refer to an individual who has been diagnosed as having cancer. There are numerous well known means for identifying an individual who has cancer. In some embodiments, a cancer diagnosis is made or confirmed using PET imaging. Some embodiments of the present disclosure comprise the step of identifying individuals who have cancer.

As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to refer to an amount of an active agent or combination of agents effective to ameliorate or prevent the symptoms, shrink tumor size, or prolong the survival of the patient being treated. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capabilities of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.

As used herein the term “inhibit” or “inhibiting” refers to a statistically significant and measurable reduction in activity, preferably a reduction of at least about 10% versus control, more preferably a reduction of about 50% or more, still more preferably a reduction of about 80% or more.

As used herein the term “increase” or “enhancing” refers to a statistically significant and measurable increase in activity, preferably an increase of at least about 10% versus control, more preferably an increase of about 50% or more, still more preferably an increase of about 80% or more.

The term “prevent” or “preventing” when used in relation to a condition, such as a local recurrence (e.g., pain), a disease such as cancer, a syndrome complex such as heart failure or any other medical condition, is well understood in the art, and includes administration of a composition which reduces the frequency of, or delays the onset of, symptoms of a medical condition in a subject relative to a subject which does not receive the composition. Thus, prevention of cancer includes, for example, reducing the number of detectable cancerous growths in a population of patients receiving a prophylactic treatment relative to an untreated control population, and/or delaying the appearance of detectable cancerous growths in a treated population versus an untreated control population, e.g., by a statistically and/or clinically significant amount. Prevention of an infection includes, for example, reducing the number of diagnoses of the infection in a treated population versus an untreated control population, and/or delaying the onset of symptoms of the infection in a treated population versus an untreated control population. Prevention of pain includes, for example, reducing the magnitude of, or alternatively delaying, pain sensations experienced by subjects in a treated population versus an untreated control population.

The terms “treatment”, “treating”, “treat”, and the like, refer to obtaining a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect. The effect may be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing a disease or symptom thereof and/or may be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure for a disease and/or adverse affect attributable to the disease. “Treatment”, as used herein, covers any treatment of a disease in a mammal, particularly in a human, and includes: (a) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development; and (c) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease and/or relieving one or more disease symptoms. “Treatment” is also meant to encompass delivery of an agent in order to provide for a pharmacologic effect, even in the absence of a disease or condition. For example, “treatment” encompasses delivery of a receptor modulator that can provide for enhanced or desirable effects in the subject (e.g., reduction of pathogen load, beneficial increase in a physiological parameter of the subject, reduction of disease symptoms, etc.).

Throughout this application, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this pertains. The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated by reference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon

The following chemical hierarchy is used throughout the specification to describe and enable the scope of the present disclosure and to particularly point out and distinctly claim the units which comprise the compounds of the present disclosure, however, unless otherwise specifically defined, the terms used herein are the same as those of the artisan of ordinary skill. The term “hydrocarbyl” stands for any carbon atom-based unit (organic molecule), said units optionally containing one or more organic functional group, including inorganic atom comprising salts, inter alia, carboxylate salts, quaternary ammonium salts. Within the broad meaning of the term “hydrocarbyl” are the classes “acyclic hydrocarbyl” and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” which terms are used to divide hydrocarbyl units into cyclic and non-cyclic classes.

As it relates to the following definitions, “cyclic hydrocarbyl” units can comprise only carbon atoms in the ring (i.e., carbocyclic and aryl rings) or can comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring (i.e., heterocyclic and heteroaryl rings). For “carbocyclic” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 3 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl. For “aryl” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 6 carbon atoms; phenyl. For “heterocyclic” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; diazirinyl. Ethylene oxide comprises 2 carbon atoms and is a C₂ heterocycle. For “heteroaryl” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl. The following is a non-limiting description of the terms “acyclic hydrocarbyl” and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” as used herein.

A. Substituted and Unsubstituted Acyclic Hydrocarbyl:

-   -   For the purposes of the present disclosure the term “substituted         and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl” encompasses 3 categories         of units:

-   1) linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which include,     methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), n-butyl     (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄), tert-butyl (C₄), and the like;     substituted linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which     includes, hydroxymethyl (C₁), chloromethyl (C₁), trifluoromethyl     (C₁), aminomethyl (C₁), 1-chloroethyl (C₂), 2-hydroxyethyl (C₂),     1,2-difluoroethyl (C₂), 3-carboxypropyl (C₃), and the like.

-   2) linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which     include, ethenyl (C₂), 3-propenyl (C₃), 1-propenyl (also     2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃),     buten-4-yl (C₄), and the like; substituted linear or branched     alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl     (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C₂), 4-hydroxybuten-1-yl (C₄),     7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C₉),     7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C₉), and the like.

-   3) linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which     include, ethynyl (C₂), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),     propyn-1-yl (C₃), and 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-1-yl (C₇); substituted     linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include,     5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C₇), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl     (C₈), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C₉), and the like.

B. Substituted and Unsubstituted Cyclic Hydrocarbyl:

-   -   For the purposes of the present disclosure the term “substituted         and unsubstituted cyclic hydrocarbyl” encompasses 5 categories         of units:

-   1) The term “carbocyclic” is defined herein as “encompassing rings     comprising from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the atoms which     comprise said rings are limited to carbon atoms, and further each     ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties     capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms.” The following are     non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted carbocyclic     rings” which encompass the following categories of units:     -   i) carbocyclic rings having a single substituted or         unsubstituted hydrocarbon ring, non-limiting examples of which         include, cyclopropyl (C₃), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C₃),         cyclopropenyl (C₃), cyclobutyl (C₄), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl         (C₄), cyclobutenyl (C₄), cyclopentyl (C₅), cyclopentenyl (C₅),         cyclopentadienyl (C₈), cyclohexyl (C₆), cyclohexenyl (C₆),         cycloheptyl (C₇), cyclooctanyl (C₈), 2,5-dimethylcyclopentyl         (C₅), 3,5-dichlorocyclohexyl (C₆), 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (C₆), and         3,3,5-trimethylcyclohex-1-yl (C₆).     -   ii) carbocyclic rings having two or more substituted or         unsubstituted fused hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of         which include, octahydropentalenyl (C₈), octahydro-1H-indenyl         (C₉), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-3H-inden-4-yl (C₉),         decahydroazulenyl (C₁₀).     -   iii) carbocyclic rings which are substituted or unsubstituted         bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of which         include, bicyclo-[2.1.1]hexanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl,         bicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, 1,3-dimethyl[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl,         bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and bicyclo[3.3.3]undecanyl.

-   2) The term “aryl” is defined herein as “units encompassing at least     one phenyl or naphthyl ring and wherein there are no heteroaryl or     heterocyclic rings fused to the phenyl or naphthyl ring and further     each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties     capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms.” The following are     non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted aryl rings”     which encompass the following categories of units:     -   i) C₆ or C₁₀ substituted or unsubstituted aryl rings; phenyl and         naphthyl rings whether substituted or unsubstituted,         non-limiting examples of which include, phenyl (C₆),         naphthylen-1-yl (C₁₀), naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀), 4-fluorophenyl         (C₆), 2-hydroxyphenyl (C₆), 3-methylphenyl (C₆),         2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (C₆), 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl (C₆),         2-cyanophenyl (C₆), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (C₆),         3-methoxyphenyl (C₆), 8-hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀),         4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-1-yl (C₁₀), and 6-cyano-naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀).     -   ii) C₆ or C₁₀ aryl rings fused with 1 or 2 saturated rings to         afford C₈-C₂₀ ring systems, non-limiting examples of which         include, bicyclo[4.2.0]octa-1,3,5-trienyl (C₈), and indanyl         (C₉).

-   3) The terms “heterocyclic” and/or “heterocycle” are defined herein     as “units comprising one or more rings having from 3 to 20 atoms     wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom     chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of     N, O, and S, and wherein further the ring which contains the     heteroatom is also not an aromatic ring.” The following are     non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic     rings” which encompass the following categories of units:     -   i) heterocyclic units having a single ring containing one or         more heteroatoms, non-limiting examples of which include,         diazirinyl (C₁), aziridinyl (C₂), urazolyl (C₂), azetidinyl         (C₃), pyrazolidinyl (C₃), imidazolidinyl (C₃), oxazolidinyl         (C₃), isoxazolinyl (C₃), thiazolidinyl (C₃), isothiazolinyl         (C₃), oxathiazolidinonyl (C₃), oxazolidinonyl (C₃), hydantoinyl         (C₃), tetrahydrofuranyl (C₄), pyrrolidinyl (C₄), morpholinyl         (C₄), piperazinyl (C₄), piperidinyl (C₄), dihydropyranyl (C₅),         tetrahydropyranyl (C₅), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C₅),         2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-azepinyl (C₆), 2,3-dihydro-! H-indole         (C₈), and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (C₉).     -   ii) heterocyclic units having 2 or more rings one of which is a         heterocyclic ring, non-limiting examples of which include         hexahydro-1H-pyrrolizinyl (C₇),         3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazolyl (C₇),         3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-1H-indolyl (C₈),         1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl (C₉), and         decahydro-1H-cycloocta[b]pyrrolyl (C₁₀).

-   4) The term “heteroaryl” is defined herein as “encompassing one or     more rings comprising from 5 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom     in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N),     oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein     further at least one of the rings which comprises a heteroatom is an     aromatic ring.” The following are non-limiting examples of     “substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings” which encompass     the following categories of units:     -   i) heteroaryl rings containing a single ring, non-limiting         examples of which include, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (C₁),         [1,2,3]triazolyl (C₂), [1,2,4]triazolyl (C₂), triazinyl (C₃),         thiazolyl (C₃), 1H-imidazolyl (C₃), oxazolyl (C₃), isoxazolyl         (C₃), isothiazolyl (C₃), furanyl (C₄), thiophenyl (C₄),         pyrimidinyl (C₄), 2-phenylpyrimidinyl (C₄), pyridinyl (C₅),         3-methylpyridinyl (C₅), and 4-dimethylaminopyridinyl (C₅)     -   ii) heteroaryl rings containing 2 or more fused rings one of         which is a heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which         include: 7H-purinyl (C₅), 9H-purinyl (C₅), 6-amino-9H-purinyl         (C₅), 5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl (C₆),         7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl (C₆), pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl         (C₇), 2-phenylbenzo[d]thiazolyl (C₇), 1H-indolyl (C₈),         4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-H-indolyl (C₈), quinoxalinyl (C₈),         5-methylquinoxalinyl (C₈), quinazolinyl (C₈), quinolinyl (C₉),         8-hydroxy-quinolinyl (C₉), and isoquinolinyl (C₉).

-   5) C₁-C₆ tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units (whether carbocyclic     units, C₆ or C₁₀ aryl units, heterocyclic units, or heteroaryl     units) which connected to another moiety, unit, or core of the     molecule by way of a C₁-C₆ alkylene unit. Non-limiting examples of     tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include benzyl C₁-(C₆) having the     formula:

-   -   wherein R^(a) is optionally one or more independently chosen         substitutions for hydrogen. Further examples include other aryl         units, inter alia, (2-hydroxyphenyl)hexyl C₆-(C₆);         naphthalen-2-ylmethyl C₁-(C₁₀), 4-fluorobenzyl C₁-(C₆),         2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl C₂-(C₆), as well as substituted and         unsubstituted C₃-C₁₀ alkylenecarbocyclic units, for example,         cyclopropylmethyl C₁-(C₃), cyclopentylethyl C₂-(C₅),         cyclohexylmethyl C₁-(C₆). Included within this category are         substituted and unsubstituted C₁-C₁₀ alkylene-heteroaryl units,         for example a 2-picolyl C₁-(C₆) unit having the formula:

-   -   wherein R^(a) is the same as defined above. In addition, C₁-C₁₂         tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include C₁-C₁₀         alkyleneheterocyclic units and alkylene-heteroaryl units,         non-limiting examples of which include, aziridinylmethyl C₁-(C₂)         and oxazol-2-ylmethyl C₁-(C₃).

For the purposes of the present disclosure carbocyclic rings are from C₃ to C₂₀; aryl rings are C₆ or C₁₀; heterocyclic rings are from C₁ to C₉; and heteroaryl rings are from C₁ to C₉.

For the purposes of the present disclosure, and to provide consistency in defining the present disclosure, fused ring units, as well as spirocyclic rings, bicyclic rings and the like, which comprise a single heteroatom will be characterized and referred to herein as being encompassed by the cyclic family corresponding to the heteroatom containing ring, although the artisan may have alternative characterizations. For example, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline having the formula:

is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heterocyclic unit. 6,7-Dihydro-5H-cyclopentapyrimidine having the formula:

is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit. When a fused ring unit contains heteroatoms in both a saturated ring (heterocyclic ring) and an aryl ring (heteroaryl ring), the aryl ring will predominate and determine the type of category to which the ring is assigned herein for the purposes of describing the present disclosure. For example, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthpyridine having the formula:

is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit.

The term “substituted” is used throughout the specification. The term “substituted” is applied to the units described herein as “substituted unit or moiety is a hydrocarbyl unit or moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below.” The units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time. In addition, these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit. For example, a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like. Three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like. The term substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as “substituted” any number of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced. For example, 4-hydroxyphenyl is a “substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring (aryl ring)”, (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a “substituted C₈ linear alkyl unit, 3-guanidinopropyl is a “substituted C₃ linear alkyl unit,” and 2-carboxypyridinyl is a “substituted heteroaryl unit.”

The following are non-limiting examples of units which can substitute for hydrogen atoms on a carbocyclic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl unit:

-   -   i) C₁-C₁₂ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and         alkynyl; methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), ethenyl (C₂), ethynyl (C₂),         n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), cyclopropyl (C₃), 3-propenyl         (C₃), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also         2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),         propyn-1-yl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄),         tert-butyl (C₄), cyclobutyl (C₄), buten-4-yl (C₄), cyclopentyl         (C₅), cyclohexyl (C₆);     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; for example,         phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀) or naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀));     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ alkylenearyl; for         example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; as         described herein below;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; as         described herein below;     -   vi) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)OR¹⁰¹; for example, —OH, —CH₂OH,         —OCH₃, —CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   vii) —(CR^(102a)R^(10b))_(a)C(O)OR¹⁰¹; for example, —COCH₃,         —CH₂COCH₃, —COCH₂CH₃, —CH₂COCH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂COCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   viii) (CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)C(O)OR¹⁰¹; for example, —CO₂CH₃,         —CH₂CO₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   ix) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)C(O)N(R¹⁰¹)₂; for example, —CONH₂,         —CH₂CONH₂, —CONHCH₃, —CH₂CONHCH₃, —CON(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂CON(CH₃)₂;     -   x) —(CR^(102a)R^(10b))_(a)N(R¹⁰¹)₂; for example, —NH₂, —CH₂NH₂,         —NHCH₃, —CH₂NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂N(CH₃)₂;     -   xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   xii) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)CN;     -   xiii) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)NO₂;     -   xiv) —CH_(j)X_(k); wherein X is halogen, the index j is an         integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3; for example, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃,         —CCl₃, or —CBr₃;     -   xv) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)SR¹⁰¹; —SH, —CH₂SH, —SCH₃, —CH₂SCH₃,         —SC₆H₅, and —CH₂SC₆H₅;     -   xvi) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)SO₂R¹⁰¹; for example, —SO₂H,         —CH₂SO₂H, —SO₂CH₃, —CH₂SO₂CH₃, —SO₂C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₂C₆H₅; and     -   xvii) —(CR^(102a)R^(102b))_(a)SO₃R¹⁰¹; for example, —SO₃H,         —CH₂SO₃H, —SO₃CH₃, —CH₂SO₃CH₃, —SO₃C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₃C₆H₅;         wherein each R¹⁰¹ is independently hydrogen, substituted or         unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl,         benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R¹⁰¹ units can be         taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R^(102a) and         R^(102b) are each independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl; the index “a” is from 0 to 4.

For the purposes of the present disclosure the terms “compound,” “analog,” and “composition of matter” stand equally well for each other and are used interchangeably throughout the specification. The disclosed compounds include all enantiomeric forms, diastereomeric forms, salts, and the like.

The compounds disclosed herein include all salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, carboxylic acids. The following are non-limiting examples of anions that can form salts with protonated basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like. The following are non-limiting examples of cations that can form salts of acidic groups: ammonium, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, lysine, and the like.

The disclosed compounds have Formula (I):

wherein the carbon atom having the amino unit has the (S) stereochemistry as indicated in the following formula:

The units which comprise R and Z can comprise units having any configuration, and, as such, the disclosed compounds can be single enantiomers, diastereomeric pairs, or combinations thereof. In addition, the compounds can be isolated as salts or hydrates. In the case of salts, the compounds can comprises more than one cation or anion. In the case of hydrates, any number of water molecules, or fractional part thereof (for example, less than 1 water molecule present for each molecule of analog) can be present.

R Units

R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:

R², R³, and R⁴ are substituent groups that can be independently chosen from a wide variety of non-carbon atom containing units (for example, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, halogen, nitro, and the like) or organic substituent units, such as substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl and cyclic hydrocarbyl units as described herein. The carbon comprising units can comprise from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

An example of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units having the formula:

wherein R² and R³ are each independently chosen from:

-   -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkyl;     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkenyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear or branched         alkynyl;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl;     -   vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl;     -   vii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic; or     -   viii) R² and R³ can be taken together to form a saturated or         unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3         atoms can optionally be heteroatoms chosen from oxygen,         nitrogen, and sulfur.

The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R² and R³ units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:

-   -   i) C₁-C₁₂ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and         alkynyl; methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), ethenyl (C₂), ethynyl (C₂),         n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), cyclopropyl (C₃), 3-propenyl         (C₃), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also         2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),         propyn-1-yl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄),         tert-butyl (C₄), cyclobutyl (C₄), buten-4-yl (C₄), cyclopentyl         (C₅), cyclohexyl (C₆);     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; for example,         phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀) or naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀));     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ alkylenearyl; for         example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; as         described herein;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; as         described herein;     -   vi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)OR²⁰; for example, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃,         —CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   vii) (CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)C(O)R²⁰; for example, —COCH₃,         —CH₂COCH₃, —COCH₂CH₃, —CH₂COCH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂COCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   viii) —(CR²¹R^(21b))C(O)OR²⁰; for example, —CO₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₃,         —CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   x) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)C(O)N(R²)₂; for example, —CONH₂,         —CH₂CONH₂, —CONHCH₃, —CH₂CONHCH₃, —CON(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂CON(CH₃)₂;     -   x) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)N(R²⁰)₂; for example, —NH₂, —CH₂NH₂,         —NHCH₃, —CH₂NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂N(CH₃)₂;     -   xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   xii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)CN;     -   xiii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)NO₂;     -   xiv) —(CH_(j′)X_(k′))_(h)CH_(j)X_(k); wherein X is halogen, the         index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an         integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for         example, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CHFCF₃, —CCl₃, or —CBr₃;     -   xv) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)SR²⁰; —SH, —CH₂SH, —SCH₃, —CH₂SCH₃,         —SC₆H₅, and —CH₂SC₆H₅;     -   xvi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)SO₂R²⁰; for example, —SO₂H, —CH₂SO₂H,         —SO₂CH₃, —CH₂SO₂CH₃, —SO₂C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₂C₆H₅; and     -   xvii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)SO₃R²⁰; for example, —SO₃H,         —CH₂SO₃H, —SO₃CH₃, —CH₂SO₃CH₃, —SO₃C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₃C₆H₅;         wherein each R²⁰ is independently hydrogen, substituted or         unsubstituted C₁-C₄ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl,         benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R²⁰ units can be         taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R^(21a) and         R^(21b) are each independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl; the index p is from 0 to 4.

An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units having the formula:

wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄), tert-butyl (C₄), n-pentyl (C₅), 1-methylbutyl (C₅), 2-methylbutyl (C₅), 3-methylbutyl (C₅), cyclopropyl (C₃), n-hexyl (C₆), 4-methylpentyl (C₆), and cyclohexyl (C₆).

Another example of compounds of Formula (I) include R units having the formula:

wherein R² is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), so-propyl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄), and tert-butyl (C₄); and R³ is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁) or ethyl (C₂). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylthiazol-2-yl.

A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is a substituted alkyl unit, said substitutions chosen from:

-   -   i) halogen: —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   ii) —N(R¹¹)₂; and     -   iii) —OR¹¹;         wherein each R¹¹ is independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl. Non-limiting examples of units that can be a         substitute for a R² or R³ hydrogen atom on R units include         —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CH₂CH₂CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂OH,         —CH₂OCH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OCH₃, —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂NHCH₃,         —CH₂N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂NH(CH₂CH₃).

Further non-limiting examples of units that can be a substitute for a R² or R³ hydrogen atom on R units include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 2-methoxycyclohexyl, and 4-chlorocyclohexyl.

A yet further example of compounds of Formula (I), R units include units wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein non-limiting examples of R² units include phenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-diethylaminophenyl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl, 3-chloropheny, 4-chlorophenyl, and 3,4-dichlorophenyl, which when incorporated into the definition of R affords the following R units 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3,4-dimethylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-tert-butylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-cyclopropylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-diethylaminophenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methoxyphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3-chlorophenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-chlorophenylthiazol-2-yl, and 3,4-dichlorophenylthiazol-2-yl.

A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R² is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and iso-propyl and R³ is phenyl or substituted phenyl. A non-limiting example of a R unit according to the fifth aspect of the first category of R units includes 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl and 4-ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl.

Another further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [1,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.

Further non-limiting example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R² is substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, for example thiophen-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-2-yl, and 5-methylthiophen-2-yl.

A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R² is substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-3-yl, for example thiophen-3-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-3-yl, and 5-methylthiophen-3-yl.

Another example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R² and R³ are taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms. Non-limiting examples of the sixth aspect of the first category of R units include 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl.

Further examples of compounds of Formula (I) include R units that are thiazol-4-yl units having the formula:

wherein R⁴ is a unit chosen from:

-   -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkyl;     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkenyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear or branched         alkynyl;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl;     -   vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl; or     -   vii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic.

The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R⁴ units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:

-   -   i) C₁-C₁₂ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and         alkynyl; methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), ethenyl (C₂), ethynyl (C₂),         n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), cyclopropyl (C₃), 3-propenyl         (C₃), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also         2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),         propyn-1-yl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄),         tert-butyl (C₄), cyclobutyl (C₄), buten-4-yl (C₄), cyclopentyl         (C₅), cyclohexyl (C₆);     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; for example,         phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀₀) or naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀));     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ alkylenearyl; for         example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; as         described herein below;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; as         described herein below;     -   vi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)OR²⁰; for example, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃,         —CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   vii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)C(O)R²⁰; for example, —COCH₃,         —CH₂COCH₃, —COCH₂CH₃, —CH₂COCH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂COCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   viii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)C(O)OR²⁰; for example, —CO₂CH₃,         —CH₂CO₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   xi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)C(O)N(R²⁰)₂; for example, —CONH₂,         —CH₂CONH₂, —CONHCH₃, —CH₂CONHCH₃, —CON(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂CON(CH₃)₂;     -   x) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)N(R²⁰)₂; for example, —NH₂, —CH₂NH₂,         —NHCH₃, —CH₂NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂N(CH₃)₂;     -   xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   xii) (CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)CN;     -   xiii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)NO₂;     -   xiv) —(CH_(j′)X_(k′))_(h)CH_(j)X_(k); wherein X is halogen, the         index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an         integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for         example, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CHFCF₃, —CCl₃, or —CBr₃;     -   xv) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)SR²⁰; —SH, —CH₂SH, —SCH₃, —CH₂SCH₃,         —SC₆H₅, and —CH₂SC₆H₅;     -   xvi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)SO₂R²⁰; for example, —SO₂H, —CH₂SO₂H,         —SO₂CH₃, —CH₂SO₂CH₃, —SO₂C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₂C₆H₅; and     -   xvii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(p)SO₃R²⁰; for example, —SO₃H,         —CH₂SO₃H, —SO₃CH₃, —CH₂SO₃CH₃, —SO₃C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₃C₆H₅;         wherein each R²⁰ is independently hydrogen, substituted or         unsubstituted C₁-C₄ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl,         benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R²⁰ units can be         taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R^(21a) and         R^(21b) are each independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl; the index p is from 0 to 4.

An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R⁴ is hydrogen.

A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R⁴ is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄), and tert-butyl (C₄). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 2-methylthiazol-4-yl, 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl, 2-(n-propyl)thiazol-4-yl, and 2-(iso-propyl)thiazol-4-yl.

A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, and 4-methoxyphenyl.

Yet further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, non-limiting examples of which include thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl, 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, and 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl.

Another example of 5-member ring R units includes substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl units having the formula:

One example of imidazolyl R units includes imidazol-2-yl units having the formula:

wherein R² and R³ are each independently chosen from:

-   -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkyl;     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkenyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear or branched         alkynyl;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl;     -   vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl;     -   vii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic; or     -   viii) R² and R³ can be taken together to form a saturated or         unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3         atoms can optionally be heteroatoms chosen from oxygen,         nitrogen, and sulfur.

The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R² and R³ units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:

-   -   i) C₁-C₁₂ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and         alkynyl; methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), ethenyl (C₂), ethynyl (C₂),         n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), cyclopropyl (C₃), 3-propenyl         (C₃), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also         2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),         propyn-1-yl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄),         tert-butyl (C₄), cyclobutyl (C₄), buten-4-yl (C₄), cyclopentyl         (C₅), cyclohexyl (C₆);     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; for example,         phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀) or naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀));     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ alkylenearyl; for         example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; as         described herein;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; as         described herein;     -   vi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)OR²⁰; for example, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃,         —CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   vii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)C(O)R²⁰; for example, —COCH₃,         —CH₂COCH₃, —COCH₂CH₃, —CH₂COCH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂COCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   viii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)C(O)OR²⁰; for example, —CO₂CH₃,         —CH₂CO₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   xii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)C(O)N(R²⁰)₂; for example, —CONH₂,         —CH₂CONH₂, —CONHCH₃, —CH₂CONHCH₃, —CON(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂CON(CH₃)₂;     -   x) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)N(R²⁰)₂; for example, —NH₂, —CH₂NH₂,         —NHCH₃, —CH₂NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂N(CH₃)₂;     -   xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   xii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)CN;     -   xiii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)NO₂;     -   xiv) —(CH_(j′)X_(k′))_(h)CH_(j)X_(k); wherein X is halogen, the         index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an         integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for         example, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃. —CH₂CF₃, —CHFCF₃, —CCl₃, or —CBr₃;     -   xv) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)SR²⁰; —SH, —CH₂SH, —SCH₃, —CH₂SCH₃,         —SC₆H₅, and —CH₂SC₆H₅;     -   xvi) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)SO₂R²⁰; for example, —SO₂H, —CH₂SO₂H,         —SO₂CH₃, —CH₂SO₂CH₃, —SO₂C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₂C₆H₅; and     -   xvii) —(CR^(21a)R^(21b))_(z)SO₃R²⁰; for example, —SO₃H,         —CH₂SO₃H, —SO₃CH₃, —CH₂SO₃CH₃, —SO₃C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₃C₆H₅;         wherein each R²⁰ is independently hydrogen, substituted or         unsubstituted C₁-C₄ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl,         benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R²⁰ units can be         taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R^(21a) and         R^(21b) are each independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl; the index p is from 0 to 4.

One example of R units includes compounds wherein R units have the formula:

wherein R³ is hydrogen and R is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄), and tert-butyl (C₄).

Another example of R units includes compounds wherein R² is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄), and tert-butyl (C₄); and R³ is a unit chosen from methyl (C₁) or ethyl (C₂). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylimidazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylimidazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylimidazol-2-yl.

An example of R units includes compounds wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is a substituted alkyl unit chosen, said substitutions chosen from:

-   -   i) halogen: —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   ii) —N(R¹¹)₂; and     -   iii) —OR¹¹;         wherein each R¹¹ is independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl.

Non-limiting examples of units comprising this embodiment of R includes: —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂OH, —CH₂OCH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OCH₃, —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂NHCH₃, —CH₂N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂NH(CH₂CH₃).

A yet further example of R units include units wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is phenyl.

A still further example of R units include units wherein R³ is hydrogen and R² is a heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [1,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.

Z Units

Z is a unit having the formula:

-(L)_(n)-R¹

R¹ is chosen from:

-   -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) hydroxyl;     -   iii) amino;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched or         cyclic alkyl;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched or cyclic         alkoxy;     -   vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl;     -   vii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; or     -   viii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings.

The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R¹ units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:

-   -   i) C₁-C₁₂ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and         alkynyl; methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), ethenyl (C₂), ethynyl (C₂),         n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), cyclopropyl (C₃), 3-propenyl         (C₃), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also         2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),         propyn-1-yl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄),         tert-butyl (C₄), cyclobutyl (C₄), buten-4-yl (C₄), cyclopentyl         (C₅), cyclohexyl (C₆);     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; for example,         phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀) or naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀));     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ alkylenearyl; for         example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; as         described herein;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; as         described herein;     -   vi) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)OR³⁰; for example, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃,         —CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   vii) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)C(O)R³⁰; for example, —COCH₃,         —CH₂COCH₃, —COCH₂CH₃, —CH₂COCH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂COCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   viii) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)C(O)OR³⁰; for example, —CO₂CH₃,         —CH₂CO₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   xiii) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)C(O)N(R³⁰)₂; for example, —CONH₂,         —CH₂CONH₂, —CONHCH₃, —CH₂CONHCH₃, —CON(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂CON(CH₃)₂;     -   x) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)N(R³⁰)₂; for example, —NH₂, —CH₂NH₂,         —NHCH₃, —CH₂NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂N(CH₃)₂;     -   xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   xii) (CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)CN;     -   xiii) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)NO₂;     -   xiv) —(CH_(j′)X_(k′))_(h)CH_(j)X_(k); wherein X is halogen, the         index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an         integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for         example, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CHFCF₃, —CCl₃, or —CBr₃;     -   xv) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)SR³⁰; —SH, —CH₂SH, —SCH₃, —CH₂SCH₃,         —SC₆H₅, and —CH₂SC₆H₅;     -   xvi) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)SO₂R³⁰; for example, —SO₂H, —CH₂SO₂H,         —SO₂CH₃, —CH₂SO₂CH₃, —SO₂C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₂C₆H₅; and     -   xvii) —(CR^(31a)R^(31b))_(q)SO₃R³⁰; for example, —SO₃H,         —CH₂SO₃H, —SO₃CH₃, —CH₂SO₃CH₃, —SO₃C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₃C₆H₅;         wherein each R³⁰ is independently hydrogen, substituted or         unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl,         benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R³⁰ units can be         taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R^(31a) and         R^(31b) are each independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl; the index q is from 0 to 4.

One example of R¹ units includes substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (C₆ aryl) units, wherein each substitution is independently chosen from: halogen, C₁-C₄ linear, branched alkyl, or cyclic alkyl, —OR¹¹, —CN, —N(R^(1l))₂, —CO₂R¹¹, —C(O)N(R¹¹)₂, —NR¹¹C(O)R¹¹, —NO₂, and —SO₂R¹¹; each R¹¹ is independently hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₄ linear, branched, cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or benzyl; or two R¹¹ units can be taken together to form a ring comprising from 3-7 atoms.

Another example of R¹ units includes substituted C₆ aryl units chosen from phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, and 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl.

A further example of R¹ units includes substituted or unsubstituted C₆ aryl units chosen from 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,4,5-trifluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4-trichlorophenyl, 2,3,5-trichlorophenyl, 2,3,6-trichlorophenyl, 2,4,5-trichlorophenyl, 3,4,5-trichlorophenyl, and 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl.

A yet further example of R¹ units includes substituted C₆ aryl units chosen from 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trimethylphenyl, 2,3,5-trimethylphenyl, 2,3,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 2,3-diethylphenyl, 2,4-diethylphenyl, 2,5-diethylphenyl, 2,6-diethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,3,4-triethylphenyl, 2,3,5-triethylphenyl, 2,3,6-triethylphenyl, 2,4,5-triethylphenyl, 2,4,6-triethylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 3-isopropylphenyl, and 4-isopropylphenyl.

Another still further example of R¹ units includes substituted C₆ aryl units chosen from 2-aminophenyl, 2-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl, 3-aminophenyl, 3-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 3-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, and 4-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl.

R¹ can comprise heteroaryl units. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl units include:

R¹ heteroaryl units can be substituted or unsubstituted. Non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for hydrogen include units chosen from:

-   -   i) C₁-C₆ linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl;     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and benzyl;     -   iii) substituted of unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl;     -   iv) —C(O)R⁹; and     -   v) —NHC(O)R⁹;         wherein R⁹ is C₁-C₆ linear and branched alkyl; C₁-C₆ linear and         branched alkoxy; or —NHCH₂C(O)R¹⁰; R¹⁰ is chosen from hydrogen,         methyl, ethyl, and tert-butyl.

An example of R¹ relates to units substituted by an alkyl unit chosen from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.

Another example of R¹ includes units that are substituted by substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl and benzyl substitutions are chosen from one or more:

-   -   i) halogen;     -   ii) C₁-C₃ alkyl;     -   iii) C₁-C₃ alkoxy;     -   iv) —CO₂R¹¹; and     -   v) —NHCOR¹⁶;         wherein R¹¹ and R¹⁶ are each independently hydrogen, methyl, or         ethyl.

Another example of R¹ relates to phenyl and benzyl units substituted by a carboxy unit having the formula —C(O)R⁹; R⁹ is chosen from methyl, methoxy, ethyl, and ethoxy.

A further example of R¹ includes phenyl and benzyl units substituted by an amide unit having the formula —NHC(O)R⁹; R⁹ is chosen from methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, tert-butyl, and tert-butoxy.

A yet further example of R¹ includes phenyl and benzyl units substituted by one or more fluoro or chloro units.

L Units L is a linking unit which is present when the index n is equal to 1, but is absent when the index n is equal to 0. L units have the formula:

-[Q]_(y)[C(R^(5a)R^(5b))]_(x)[Q¹]_(z)[C(R^(6a)R^(b))]_(w)—

wherein Q and Q¹ are each independently:

-   -   i) —C(O)—;     -   ii) —NH—;     -   iii) —C(O)NH—;     -   iv) —NHC(O)—;     -   v) —NHC(O)NH—;     -   vi) —NHC(O)O—;     -   vii) —C(O)O—;     -   viii) —C(O)NHC(O)—;     -   ix) —O—;     -   x) —S—;     -   xi) —SO₂—;     -   xii) —C(═NH)—;     -   xiii) —C(═NH)NH—;     -   xiv) —NHC(═NH)—; or     -   xv) —NHC(═NH)NH—.         When the index y is equal to 1, Q is present. When the index y         is equal to 0, Q is absent. When the index z is equal to 1, Q¹         is present. When the index z is equal to 0, Q¹ is absent. R^(5a)         and R^(5b) are each independently:     -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) hydroxy;     -   iii) halogen;     -   iv) C₁-C₆ substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl;         or     -   v) a unit having the formula:

—[C(R^(7a)R^(7b))]_(t)R⁸

wherein R^(7a) and R^(7b) are each independently:

-   -   i) hydrogen; or     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkyl.

R⁸ is:

-   -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or         cyclic alkyl;     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl; or     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic.         R^(6a) and R^(6b) are each independently:     -   i) hydrogen; or     -   ii) C₁-C₄ linear or branched alkyl.         The indices t, w and x are each independently from 0 to 4.

The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on R^(5a), R^(5b), R^(7a), R^(7b), and R⁸ units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:

-   -   i) C₁-C₁₂ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and         alkynyl; methyl (C₁), ethyl (C₂), ethenyl (C₂), ethynyl (C₂),         n-propyl (C₃), iso-propyl (C₃), cyclopropyl (C₃), 3-propenyl         (C₃), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C₃), isopropenyl (also         2-methylethen-2-yl) (C₃), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C₃),         propyn-1-yl (C₃), n-butyl (C₄), sec-butyl (C₄), iso-butyl (C₄),         tert-butyl (C₄), cyclobutyl (C₄), buten-4-yl (C₄), cyclopentyl         (C₅), cyclohexyl (C₆);     -   ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; for example,         phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl         (C₁₀) or naphthylen-2-yl (C₁₀));     -   iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ alkylenearyl; for         example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;     -   iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; as         described herein below;     -   v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; as         described herein below;     -   vi) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)OR⁴; for example, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃,         —CH₂OCH₃, —OH₂CH₃, —CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and —CH₂OCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   vii) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)C(O)R⁴⁰; for example, —COCH₃,         —CH₂COCH₃, —COCH₂CH₃, —CH₂COCH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂COCH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   viii) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)C(O)OR⁴⁰; for example, —CO₂CH₃,         —CH₂CO₂CH₃, —CO₂CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₃, —COCH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and         —CH₂CO₂CH₂CH₂CH₃;     -   xiv) (CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)C(O)N(R⁴⁰)₂; for example, —CONH₂,         —CH₂CONH₂, —CONHCH₃, —CH₂CONHCH₃, —CON(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂CON(CH₃)₂;     -   x) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)N(R⁴⁰)₂; for example, —NH₂, —CH₂NH₂,         —NHCH₃, —CH₂NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂N(CH₃)₂;     -   xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;     -   xii) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)CN;     -   xiii) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)NO₂;     -   xiv) —(CH_(j′)X_(k′))_(h)CH_(j)X_(k); wherein X is halogen, the         index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an         integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for         example, —CH₂F, —CHF₂, —CF₃, —CH₂CF₃, —CHFCF₃, —CCl₃, or —CBr₃;     -   xv) (CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)SR⁴⁰; —SH, —CH₂SH, —SCH₃, —CH₂SCH₃,         —SC₆H₅, and —CH₂SC₆H₅;     -   xvi) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)SO₂R⁴⁰; for example, —SO₂H, —CH₂SO₂H,         —SO₂CH₃, —CH₂SO₂CH₃, —SO₂C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₂C₆H₅; and     -   xvii) —(CR^(41a)R^(41b))_(r)SO₃R⁴⁰; for example, —SO₃H,         —CH₂SO₃H, —SO₃CH₃, —CH₂SO₃CH₃, —SO₃C₆H₅, and —CH₂SO₃C₆H₅;         wherein each R⁴⁰ is independently hydrogen, substituted or         unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl,         benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R⁴ units can be         taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R^(41a) and         R^(41b) are each independently hydrogen or C₁-C₄ linear or         branched alkyl; the index r is from 0 to 4.

One aspect of L units relates to units having the formula:

—C(O)[C(R^(5a)R^(5b))]_(x)NHC(O)—

wherein R^(5a) is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and the index x is 1 or 2. One embodiment relates to linking units having the formula:

-   -   i) —C(O)[C(R^(5a)H)]NHC(O)O—;     -   ii) —C(O)[C(R^(5a)H)][CH₂]NHC(O)O—;     -   ii) —C(O)[CH₂][C(R^(5a)H)]NHC(O)O—;     -   iv) —C(O)[C(R^(5a)H)]NHC(O)—;     -   v) —C(O)[C(R^(5a)H)][CH₂]NHC(O)—; or     -   vi) —C(O)[CH₂][C(R^(5a)H)]NHC(O)—;     -   wherein R^(5a) is:     -   i) hydrogen;     -   ii) methyl;     -   iii) ethyl;     -   iv) isopropyl;     -   v) phenyl;     -   vi) benzyl;     -   vii) 4-hydroxybenzyl;     -   viii) hydroxymethyl; or     -   ix) 1-hydroxyethyl.         When the index x is equal to 1, this embodiment provides the         following non-limiting examples of L units:

When the index x is equal to 2, this embodiment provides the following non-limiting examples of L units:

Another embodiment of L units includes units wherein Q is —C(O)—, the indices x and z are equal to 0, w is equal to 1 or 2, a first R^(6a) unit chosen from phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, and 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; a second R^(6a) unit is hydrogen and R^(6b) units are hydrogen. For example a linking unit having the formula:

A further example of this embodiment of L includes a first R^(6a) unit as depicted herein above that is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit as described herein above.

A yet further example of this embodiment of L includes units having the formula:

—C(O)[C(R^(6a)R^(6b))]_(w)—;

wherein R^(6a) and R^(6b) are hydrogen and the index w is equal to 1 or 2; said units chosen from:

-   -   i) —C(O)CH₂—; and     -   ii) —C(O)CH₂CH₂—.

Another embodiment of L units includes units having the formula:

—C(O)[C(R^(5a)R^(5b))]_(x)C(O)—;

wherein R^(5a) and R^(5b) are hydrogen and the index x is equal to 1 or 2; said units chosen from:

-   -   i) —C(O)CH₂C(O)—; and     -   ii) —C(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)—.

A still further embodiment of L units includes units having the formula:

—C(O)NH[C(R^(5a)R^(5b))]_(x)—;

wherein R^(5a) and R^(5b) are hydrogen and the index w is equal to 0, 1 or 2; said units chosen from:

-   -   ii) —C(O)NH—;     -   ii) —C(O)NHCH₂—; and     -   iii) —C(O)NHCH₂CH₂—.

A yet still further example of L units includes units having the formula:

SO₂[C(R^(6a)R^(6b))]_(w)—;

wherein R^(8a) and R^(8b) are hydrogen or methyl and the index w is equal to 0, 1 or 2; said units chosen from:

-   -   i) —SO₂—;     -   ii) —SO₂CH₂—; and     -   iii) —SO₂CH₂CH₂—.

Vascular Leakage Control

The disclosed compounds (analogs) are arranged into several Categories to assist the formulator in applying a rational synthetic strategy for the preparation of analogs which are not expressly exampled herein. The arrangement into categories does not imply increased or decreased efficacy for any of the compositions of matter described herein.

A described herein above the disclosed compounds include all pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms. A compound having the formula:

can form salts, for example, a salt of the sulfamic acid:

The compounds can also exist in a zwitterionic form, for example:

as a salt of a strong acid, for example:

The first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:

one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:

wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R² and R³ units. R and R^(5a) units are further described in Table I.

TABLE I No. R R^(5a) A1 thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A2 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A3 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A4 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A5 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A6 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A7 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A8 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A9 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A10 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A11 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A12 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A13 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A14 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A15 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A16 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A17 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A18 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A19 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A20 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A21 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A22 4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A23 4-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A24 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl A25 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl

The compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme I and described in Example 1 herein below.

Example 1 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (5)

Preparation of [1-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1): To a 0° C. solution of 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid and N-methylmorpholine (1.1 mL, 9.65 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is added dropwise iso-butyl chloroformate (1.25 mL, 9.65 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes after which NH₃ (g) is passed through the reaction mixture for 30 minutes at 0° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed successively with 5% citric acid, water, 5% NaHCO₃, water and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is triturated with a mixture of EtOAc/petroleum ether to provide 2.2 g (74%) of the desired product as a white solid.

Preparation of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2): To a solution of [1-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 1, (0.400 g, 1.29 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added Lawesson's reagent (0.262 g. 0.65 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred for 3 hours and concentrated to a residue which is purified over silica to provide 0.350 g (83%) of the desired product. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d. J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.70 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.11-3.30 (m, 1H), 1.21 (s, 9H).

Preparation of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine (3): A mixture of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 2, (0.245 g, 0.753 mmol), 1-bromo-2-butanone (0.125 g, 0.828 mmol) in CH₃CN (5 mL) is refluxed 3 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 0.242 g (90% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 278 (M+1).

Preparation of {1-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (4): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.393 g, 1.1 mmol), (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.220 g, 0.828 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.127 g, 0.828 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.159 g, 0.828 mmol) followed by diisopropylamine (0.204 g, 1.58 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.345 g of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 525 (M+1).

Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(ter-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid ammonium salt (5): {1-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 4, (0.345 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.314 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (50 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.222 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.50-6.72 (m, 10H), 5.44-5.42 (d, 1H, J=6.0 Hz), 4.34 (s, 1H), 3.34-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.76 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

The disclosed inhibitors can also be isolated as the free acid. A non-limiting example of this procedure is described herein below in Example 4.

The following is a non-limiting example of compounds encompassed within this embodiment of the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure.

4-{(S)-2-[(R)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.22-7.02 (m, 10H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 1H), 3.24-2.68 (m, 6H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

Another embodiment of this aspect of Category I relates to inhibitors having the formula:

wherein R units and R^(5a) units further described in Table II.

TABLE II No. R R^(5a) B26 thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B27 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B28 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B29 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B30 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B31 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B32 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B33 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B34 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B35 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B36 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B37 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B38 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B39 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B40 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B41 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B42 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B43 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B44 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B45 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B46 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B47 4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B48 4-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B49 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl B50 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl

The compounds of this embodiment can be prepared according to the procedure outlined above in Scheme I and described in Example 1 by substituting the appropriate Boc-β-amino acid for (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid in step (d).

The following are non-limiting examples of compounds according to this embodiment.

{1-[1-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-(S)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(S)-2-phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.36 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.22 (m, 9H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 3.01-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.88 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H).

{1-[1-(4-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-(S)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(S)-2-phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid ten-butyl ester: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.23 (m, 7H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.28 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).

The second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl having the formula:

one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:

where in R units and R^(5a) units further described in Table III.

TABLE III No. R R^(5a) C51 thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C52 2-methylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C53 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C54 2-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C55 2-iso-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C56 2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C57 2-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C58 2-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C59 2-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C60 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C61 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C62 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C63 2-phenylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C64 2-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C65 2-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C66 2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C67 2-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C68 2-(3-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C69 2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C70 2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C71 2-(furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C72 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C73 2-[(2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl]thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C74 2-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl C75 2-(tert-butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl

The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme II and described in Example 2 herein below.

Example 2 4-{(S)-2-(S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid (9)

Preparation of (S)-[3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6): To a 0° C. solution of 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid (1.20 g, 4.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added dropwise triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.4 mmol) followed by iso-butyl chloroformate (0.57 mL, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes and filtered. The filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane (˜16 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.6, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (7): To a 0° C. solution of (S)-[3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 6, (0.350 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added dropwise 48% aq. HBr (0.14 mL, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours then the reaction is quenched at 0° C. with sat. Na₂CO₃. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated to obtain 0.400 g of the product which is used in the next step without further purification. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Preparation of tert-butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate (8): A mixture of thiobenzamide (0.117 g, 0.85 mmol) and (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (0.300 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH₃CN (4 mL) is refluxed 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(S)-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt. The hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) together with diisoproylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.31 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.118 g, 0.79 mmol) and (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-amino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.212 g, 0.80 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.395 g (90% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 573 (M+1).

Preparation of (4-((S)-2-((S)-2-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-phenylpropan-amido)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenyl)sulfamic acid (9): tert-butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 8, (0.360 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 12 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.296 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.050 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.23 (m, 7H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.28 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).

The first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit having the formula:

one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:

wherein R units are thiazol-4-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R⁴ units. R and R^(5a) units are further described in Table IV.

TABLE IV No. R R^(5a) D76 thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D77 2-methylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D78 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D79 2-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D80 2-iso-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D81 2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D82 2-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D83 2-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D84 2-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D85 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D86 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D87 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D88 2-phenylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D89 2-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D90 2-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D91 2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D92 2-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D93 2-(3-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D94 2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D95 2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D96 2-(furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D97 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D98 2-[(2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl]thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D99 2-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl D100 2-(tert-butylsolfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl

The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme III and described in Example 3 herein below.

Example 3 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (13)

Preparation of methyl (S)-1-[(S)-1-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2-ylcarbamate (12): A mixture of propanethioamide (69 mg, 0.78 mmol) and (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (0.300 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH₃CN (4 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt. The hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (8 mL) together with diisoproylethylamine (0.38 mL, 2.13 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (107 mg, 0.71 mmol) and (S)-(2-methoxycarbonyl-amino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (175 mg, 0.78 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.300 g (81% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ MS 483 (M+1).

Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid ammonium salt (13): tert-Butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 12, (0.300 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (223 mg, 1.40 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (12 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 25 mg of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.14-7.24 (m, 6H), 6.97-7.0 (m, 4H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.14 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.93-3.07 (m, 5H), 2.81 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.3 HZ, 1H), 1.39 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H).

In another iteration of the process of the present disclosure, compound 13, as well as the other analogs which comprise the present disclosure, can be isolated as the free acid by adapting the procedure described herein below.

Example 4 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid [Free Acid Form] (13)

Preparation of {1-[2-(S)-(4-(S)-aminophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester (12a): A Parr hydrogenation vessel is charged with tert-butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 12, (18.05 g, 37.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (10% Pd on C, 50% wet, Degussa-type E101 NE/W, 2.68 g, 15 wt %) as solids. MeOH (270 mL, 15 mL/g) is added to provide a suspension. The vessel is put on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus. The vessel is submitted to a fill/vacuum evacuate process with N₂ (3×20 psi) to inert, followed by the same procedure with H₂ (3×40 psi). The vessel is filled with H₂ and the vessel is shaken under 40 psi H₂ for ˜40 hr. The vessel is evacuated and the atmosphere is purged with N₂ (5×20 psi). An aliquot is filtered and analyzed by HPLC to insure complete conversion. The suspension is filtered through a pad of celite to remove the catalyst, and the homogeneous yellow filtrate is concentrated by rotary evaporation to afford 16.06 g (95% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid, which is used without further purification.

Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (13): A 100 mL RBF is charged with {1-[2-(S)-(4-(S)-aminophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester, 12a, (10.36 g, 22.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) prepared in the step described herein above. Acetonitrile (50 mL, 5 mL/g) is added and the yellow suspension is stirred at room temperature. A second 3-necked 500 mL RBF is charged with SO₃.pyr (5.13 g, 32.2 mmol, 1.4 eq) and acetonitrile (50 mL 5 mL/g) and the white suspension is stirred at room temperature. Both suspensions are gently heated until the reaction solution containing {1-[2-(S)-(4-(S)-aminophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester becomes red-orange in color (typically for this example about 44° C.). This substrate containing solution is poured in one portion into the stirring suspension of SO₃.pyr at 35° C. The resulting opaque mixture (39° C.) is stirred vigorously while allowed to slowly cool to room temperature. After stirring for 45 min, the reaction is determined to be complete by HPLC. H₂O (200 mL, 20 mL/g) is added to the orange suspension to provide a yellow-orange homogeneous solution having a pH of approximately 2.4. Concentrated H₃PO₄ is added slowly over 12 minutes to lower the pH to approximately 1.4. During this pH adjustment, an off-white precipitate is formed and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The suspension is filtered and the filter cake is washed with the filtrate. The filter cake is air-dried on the filter overnight to afford 10.89 g (89% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid.

The following are further non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure.

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.25 (m, 5H), 6.97-7.10 (m, 4H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 5.00-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.11-3.19 (s, 1H), 2.92-3.04 (s, 2H), 2.81 (dd, J=13.5 and 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-(2-Ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropan-amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.16-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 4H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.05 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropan-amido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.16 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.22-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.96 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.19 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.36 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.08 (1H, A of ABX, J=3.6, 14.5 Hz), 2.99 (1H, B of ABX, J=7.2, 13.8 Hz), 2.85-2.78 (m, 1H), 1.41 (d, 6H, J=6.9 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.15-7.02 (m, 5H), 6.96-6.93 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.86-6.83 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 6.39 (s, 1H), 5.01 (t, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 4.22 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 3.51 (s, 3H), 2.98-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.21 (m, 1H), 1.06-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.88 (m, 2H).

4-{(S)-2-{2-[(4-Chlorophenylsulfonyl)methyl]thiazol-4-yl}-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.83-7.80 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.44-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.27 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.14-7.11 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.97 (s, 1H), 5.31 (t, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 5.22-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.55 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.96 (m, 4H).

4-{(S)-2-[2-(tert-Butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.21-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.37 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 5.01-4.98 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.34-2.91 (m, 4H), 1.58 (s, 9H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionamido]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.38 (m, 6H), 6.92-6.95 (m, 4H), 5.11-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.75 (dd, J=10.5 Hz and 9.9 Hz, 1H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.01 (m, 10H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 5.24-5.21 (q, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.38 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H).

4-{(S)-2-[2-(3-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.78-7.76 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.36-7.14 (m, 10H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.39 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.54 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.39-2.98 (m, 4H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.38 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 7.15-6.93 (m, 10H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.17 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.31 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 3H).

4-{[(S)-2-(2-(Furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.54-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.79 (m, 10H), 6.55-6.51 (m, 1H), 6.44-6.41 (m, 1H), 5.02-5.00 (q, 1H, J=6.4 Hz), 4.16-4.14 (q, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.96-2.58 (m, 4H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)thiazole-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.27 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.21 (m, 8H), 5.18-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.39 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.20 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.98-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[(2-pyrazin-2-yl)thiazole-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 2H), 8.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.00-5.16 (m. 9H), 5.30 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.23 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.98-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.85 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.9 Hz, 1H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.13 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.36 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.07-6.88 (m, 9H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.17 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.29 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.10-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H).

Category III of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:

one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:

wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R² and R³ units. R and R^(5a) units are further described in Table V.

TABLE V No. R R^(5a) E101 thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E102 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E103 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E104 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E105 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E106 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E107 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E108 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E109 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E110 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E111 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E112 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E113 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E114 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E115 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E116 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E117 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E118 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E119 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E120 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E121 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E122 4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E123 4-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E124 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl E125 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl

The compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme IV and described in Example 5 herein below.

Example 5 4-[(S)-2-((S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid (15)

Preparation of (S)-2-acetamido-N-[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]-3-phenylpropanamide (14): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.343 g, 0.957 mmol), N-acetyl-L-phenylalanine (0.218 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.161 g), diisopropyl-ethylamine (0.26 g), in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.201 g). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.313 g (70% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 467 (M+1).

Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (15): (S)-2-Acetamido-N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-3-phenylpropanamide, 14, (0.313 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.320 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (30 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.215 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.23-6.98 (m, 10H), 5.37 (t, 1H), 4.64 (t, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.26-2.74 (m, 6H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

The following are further non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure.

4-[(S)-2-((S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.22-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.06 (dd, =14.1, 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.97 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J=8.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.80 (dd, J=13.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H).

4-{(S)-2-((S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-[4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.28-6.93 (m, 11H), 5.54-5.43 (m, 1H), 4.69-4.55 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.06 (3H), 2.86-2.79 (m, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H).

The first aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:

one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:

where in R units and R^(5a) units further described in Table VI.

TABLE VI No. R R^(5a) F126 thiazol-2-yl hydrogen F127 4-methylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F128 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F129 4-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F130 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F131 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F132 4-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F133 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F134 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F135 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F136 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F137 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen F138 thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F139 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F140 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F141 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F142 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F143 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F144 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F145 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F146 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F147 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F148 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F149 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl F150 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl

The compounds encompassed within Category IV of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 6 herein below.

Example 6 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(ter-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (17)

Preparation of tert-butyl (S)-1-[(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (16): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.200 g, 0.558 mmol), (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutyric acid (0.133 g) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.094 g) in DMF (5 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.118 g) followed by diisopropylamine (0.151 g). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.219 g (82% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 477 (M+1).

Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (17): tert-Butyl (S)-1-[(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 16, (0.219 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.146 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (30 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.148 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.08 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.28-2.77 (m, 4H), 1.94 (s, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 0.83 (s, 6H).

The following are further non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure.

(S)-4-{2-[2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.09-6.91 (m, 5H), 5.30 (t, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.60-2.64 (m, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.19-7.00 (m, 4H), 5.50-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.32 (1H, A of ABX, J=7.5, 18 Hz), 3.12 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.1, 13.8 Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J=7.8, 14.7 Hz), 1.70-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=2.7 Hz), 0.92 (q, 6H, J=6, 10.8 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.61-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.15 (t, 1H, J=0.6 Hz), 7.09-6.98 (m, 6H), 5.30-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.33 (m, 10H), 0.95-0.89 (m, 6H).

(S)-4-{2-[2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino]acetamido-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.09-6.91 (m, 5H), 5.30 (t, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.60-2.64 (m, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

A further embodiment of Category IV relates to inhibitors having the formula:

wherein R units and R^(5a) units further described in Table VII.

TABLE VII No. R R^(5a) G151 thiazol-2-yl hydrogen G152 4-methylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G153 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G154 4-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G155 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G156 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G157 4-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G158 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G159 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G160 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G161 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G162 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen G163 thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G164 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G165 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G166 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G167 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G168 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G169 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G170 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G171 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G172 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G173 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G174 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl G175 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl

The compounds encompassed within this embodiment of Category IV can be made according to the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 6 by substituting the corresponding methylcarbamate for the Boc-protected reagent. The following are non-limiting examples of this embodiment.

4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.12-7.03 (m, 5H), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.40 (t, 1H, J=5.7 Hz), 4.16 (t, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.81 (q, 2H, J=3.9, 11.2 Hz), 1.66-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=4.5 Hz), 0.96-0.90 (m, 6H).

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonylamino)acetamido]-ethyl}phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.12-7.07 (m, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.42 (t, 1H, J=5.7 Hz), 3.83-3.68 (q, 2H, J=1.4 Hz), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.76 (q, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.56 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.09 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.26-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.30 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.08 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.9, 9 Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J=11.1, 7.2 Hz), 2.05-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.85 (s, 3H), 0.79-0.75 (m, 1H).

4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.22 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 7.62-7.57 (m, H), 7.15 (t, 1H, J=0.6 Hz), 7.10-6.97 (m, 4H), 5.30-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.22 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.9, 13.5 Hz), 3.11 (1H, B of ABX, J=7.8, 13.6 Hz), 1.65-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.45 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 6H).

Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or thiophen-4-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R² are further described in Table VIII.

TABLE VIII No. R R⁸ H176 thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H177 4-methylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H178 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H179 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H180 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H181 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H182 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H183 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H184 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H185 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H186 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H187 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H188 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H189 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H190 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H191 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H192 thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H193 4-methylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H194 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H195 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H196 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H197 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H198 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H199 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H200 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H201 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H202 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H203 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H204 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H205 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H206 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H207 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH₃)₃ H208 thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H209 4-methylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H210 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H211 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H212 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H213 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H214 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H215 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H216 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H217 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H218 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H219 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H220 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H221 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H222 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H223 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH₃ H224 thiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H225 4-methylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H226 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H227 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H228 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H229 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H230 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H231 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H232 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H233 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H234 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H235 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H236 4-(4-chlorophenyl)ethiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H237 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H238 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H239 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH₃ H240 thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H241 4-methylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H242 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H243 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H244 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H245 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H246 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H247 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H248 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H249 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H250 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H251 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H252 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H253 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H254 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H255 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl —CH₃ H256 thiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H257 4-methylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H258 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H259 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H260 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H261 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H262 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H263 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H264 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H265 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H266 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H267 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H268 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H269 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H270 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl —CH₃ H271 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl —CH₃

The compounds encompassed within Category IV of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in VI and described in Example 7 herein below.

Example 7 [1-(S)-(Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (19)

Preparation of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (18): A mixture of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 2, (0.343 g, 1.05 mmol), 2-bromoacetophenone (0.231 g, 1.15 mmol), in CH₃CN (5 mL) is refluxed 1.5 hour. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue re-dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ then pyridine (0.24 mL, 3.0 mmol) and Boc₂O (0.24 mL, 1.1 mmol) are added. The reaction is stirred for 2 hours and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration. The organic layer is dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and concentrated to a residue which is purified over silica to afford 0.176 g (39%) of the desired product ESI+ MS 426 (M+1).

Preparation of [1-(S)-(phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (19): [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 18, (0.176 g, 0.41 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 12 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.195 g, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.93 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 5.13-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J=4.5 and 15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J=9.6 and 14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H).

The following are further non-limiting examples of Category IV of the present disclosure.

(S)-4-(2-(4-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.31 (s, 4H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 5.61-5.56 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.14 (m, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.38-5.46 (m, 1H), 3.3-3.4 (m, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=10.2 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-(Hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.29-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.30 (dd, J=4.8 and 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=10.5 and 13.5 Hz, 1H), 0.93 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 4H), 5.41-5.49 (m, 1H), 4.41 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (dd, J=5.1 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=5.7 and 9.9 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.94-8.01 (m, 3H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 3H), 5.48-5.55 (m, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J=5.1 and 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=10.2 and 14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.17 (s, 9H).

4-((S)-2-(4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.14 (s, 4H), 6.92-6.90 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 5.50 (t, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.15 (s, 9H).

4-((S)-2-(4-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.11-8.09 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.96-7.93 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.16 (m, 4H), 6.67-6.64 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 5.55-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.17 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Benzylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.38-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-Pivalamido-2-(4-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.88-7.85 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.01 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.45-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.05 (m, 2H), 1.13 (2, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-(3-Methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.79 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.10 (s, 9H).

4-((S)-2-(4-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H (CD₃OD): δ 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.19-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.51-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.30 (s, 4H), 3.51-3.12 (m, 2H), 1.16 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.63-7.60 (d, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.49-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.43-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-(Biphen-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.04-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.48-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.50 (t, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 3.57-3.15 (d, 2H), 1.16 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-2-(2-methylthaizol-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid ¹H NMR (300 MHz, D₂O) δ 6.99-7.002 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 2.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-propylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.18-7.02 (m, 5H), 5.06-5.03 (m, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=13.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=13.8, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (dd, J=15.0, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.81-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 7H), 1.33 (bs, 2H), 0.988 (t, J=7.5 Hz 3H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.11-5.06 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 8H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 1H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.05 (m, 4H), 5.06 (dd, J=9.0, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=13.8, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.31 (m, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2 yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 4H), 5.00-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.98 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

(S)-(4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-thiazole-2-yl)-ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 4H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.30 (dd, J=4.8 and 14.1 HZ, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=9.6 Hz and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.16 (m, 4H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.29 (dd, J=5.1 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=9.3 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-(pivaloyloxy)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, D₂O) δ 6.95 (s, 4H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 2.94 (dd, J=13.5 and 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (dd, J=13.5 and 4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.16 (s, 9H), 1.13 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.09 (bs, 1H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).

4-((S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.19 (m, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.17-5.14 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.09 (bs, 1H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).

(S,S)-2-(2-{(2-[2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]thiazol-4-yl}acetylamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid methyl ester. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 6.85-6.94 (m, 9H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 1H), 4.54-4.58 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 2.80-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.78 (m, 1H), 1.12 (s, 9H).

(S)-[1-{1-Oxo-4-[2-(1-phenyl-1H-tetrazol-5-sulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-1λ⁴-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4-sulfamino-phenyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.22-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 5H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.44 (m, 4H), 2.84-2.90 (m, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H).

4-((S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.84 (dd, J=3.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=4.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.15-5.10 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 8H), 1.32 (s, 1H).

(S)-4-(2-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.86-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.02 (s, 4H), 5.10-5.05 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.91 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H).

(S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid ¹H NMR (300 MHz, D₂O) δ 6.99-7.002 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 2.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H).

The first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹, R², R³, and L are further defined herein in Table IX herein below.

TABLE IX No. L R¹ R² R³ I272 —C(O)CH₂— phenyl —CH₃ —H I273 —C(O)CH₂— 2-fluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I274 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I275 —C(O)CH₂— 4-fluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I276 —C(O)CH₂— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I277 —C(O)CH₂— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I278 —C(O)CH₂— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I279 —C(O)CH₂— 2-chlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I280 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I281 —C(O)CH₂— 4-chlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I282 —C(O)CH₂— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I283 —C(O)CH₂— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I284 —C(O)CH₂— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I285 —C(O)CH₂— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I286 —C(O)CH₂— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I287 —C(O)CH₂— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I288 —C(O)CH₂— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I289 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I290 —C(O)CH₂— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I291 —C(O)CH₂— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I292 —C(O)CH₂— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I293 —C(O)CH₂— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I294 —C(O)CH₂— phenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I295 —C(O)CH₂— 2-fluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I296 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I297 —C(O)CH₂— 4-fluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I298 —C(O)CH₂— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I299 —C(O)CH₂— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I300 —C(O)CH₂— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I301 —C(O)CH₂— 2-chlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I302 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I303 —C(O)CH₂— 4-chlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I304 —C(O)CH₂— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I305 —C(O)CH₂— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I306 —C(O)CH₂— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I307 —C(O)CH₂— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I308 —C(O)CH₂— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I309 —C(O)CH₂— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I310 —C(O)CH₂— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I311 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I312 —C(O)CH₂— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I313 —C(O)CH₂— 23-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I314 —C(O)CH₂— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I315 —C(O)CH₂— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I316 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl —CH₃ —H I317 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-fluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I318 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I319 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-fluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I320 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 23-difluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I321 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I322 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH₃ —H I323 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-chlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I324 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I325 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-chlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I326 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I327 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I328 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH₃ —H I329 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I330 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I331 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I332 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I333 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I334 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I335 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I336 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I337 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₃ —H I338 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I339 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-fluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I340 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I341 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-fluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I342 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I343 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I344 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I345 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-chlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I346 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I347 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-chlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I348 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I349 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I350 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I351 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I352 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I353 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I354 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I355 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I356 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I357 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I358 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H I359 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH₂CH₃ —H

The compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme VII and described in Example 6 herein below.

Example 8 {4-[2-(S)-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-phenylacetylamino)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid (21)

Preparation of N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide (20): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.393 g, 1.1 mmol), phenylacetic acid (0.190 g, 1.4 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.094 g, 0.70 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.268 g, 1.4 mmol) followed by triethylamine (0.60 mL, 4.2 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.260 g (60% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. ESI+ MS 396 (M+1).

Preparation of {4-[2-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-phenylacetylamido)ethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid (21): N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide, 20, (0.260 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.177 g, 1.23). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.136 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.60 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.00 (m, 6H), 5.44-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.28 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.03 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=10.5, 7.8 Hz) 1.31 (t, 3H, J=4.6 Hz).

The following are non-limiting examples of the first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure.

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.65 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.29-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 7H), 5.46-5.42 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.29 (1H), 3.04 (1H, B of ABX, J=13.8, 9.6 Hz), 2.81 (q, 2H, J=15.6, 3.9 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz). ¹⁹F NMR (CD₃OD) δ 43.64.

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(3-fluorophenyl)acetamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.74 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.32 (q, 1H, J=6.6, 14.2 Hz), 7.10-6.91 (m, 8H), 5.47-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.30 (1H), 3.11 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.6, 14.1 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=6.6, 15.1 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz). 19F NMR δ 47.42.

(S)-4-(2-(2-(2,3-Difluorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.16-7.05 (m, 5H), 6.85-6.80 (m, 1H), 5.48-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.38 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.03 (1H), 2.80 (q, H, J=15.1, 7.8 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(2-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.75 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.23-7.04 (m, 6H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.44-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.34 (1H), 3.02 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.9 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=15.1, 7.8 Hz), 1.31 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz). 19F NMR (CD3OD) δ 22.18, 19.45.

(S)-4-(2-(2-(2-Chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.39-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.15-6.98 (m, 5H), 5.49-5.44 (m, 1H), 3.69 (d, 2H, J=11.7 Hz), 3.32 (1H), 3.04 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.3, 13.9 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=7.8, 15.3 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(2-(3-Chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 5H), 5.43 (q, 1H, J=5.1, 9.6 Hz), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.29 (1H), 3.03 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=7.5, 15 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)acetamido)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.16-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.03-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.70-6.63 (m, 2H), 5.42-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.28 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.04 (B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.89 (q, 2H, J=15, 7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(2-methoxyphenyl)acetamido)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.00 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.26 (t, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 7.09-7.05 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.91-6.89 (m, 4H), 5.44-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.26 (1H, A of ABX, J=14.1, 5.1 Hz), 3.06 (1H B of ABX, J=13.8, 8.4 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=8.1, 15.6 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=1.2 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)acetamido]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.58 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.21 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.12-7.02 (m, 4H), 6.81 (s, 2H), 6.72 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.29 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.08 (1H, B of ABX, J=11.8, 5.1 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=15, 7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=6.6 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-phenylpropanamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.56 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.25-6.98 (m, 9H), 5.43-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.26 (1H, A of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=10.9, 3 Hz), 2.58-2.76 (m, 3H), 2.98 (q, 2H, J=13.8, 7.2 Hz), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=8.7 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.12-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.91 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 6.63 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 5.43 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 3.30 (1H), 3.03 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J=15.1, 7.2 Hz), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(2-(2,3-Dimethoxyphenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.31 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.11-6.93 (m, 6H), 6.68 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.49-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.26 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.06 (1H, B of ABX, J=13.9, 9 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=14.8, 7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)propanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.27-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.08 (m, 5H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.39 (q, 1H, J=5.1, 9.4 Hz), 3.28 (1H, A of ABX, J=5.1, 14.1 Hz), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.3, 13.9 Hz), 2.88-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.50 (t, 2H, J=8.1 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-(2-methoxyphenyl)propanamido)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.18-7.08 (m, 6H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.82 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.40-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.25 (1H, A of ABX, J=15, 5.4 Hz), 3.00 (1H, B of ABX, J 10=10.5, 7.5 Hz), 2.88-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.47 (q, 2H, J=9.1, 6 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-(3-methoxyphenyl)propanamido)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.19-7.00 (m, 5H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.25 (1H, A of ABX, J=13.9, 5.4 Hz), 2.98 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.86-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.48 (q, 2H, J=11.7, 1.2 Hz), 1.31 (t 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-(4-methoxyphenyl)propanamido)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.13-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.82-6.78 (m, 2H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.23 (1H), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=13.3, 11.4 Hz), 2.83-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.49 (q, 2H, J=6.4, 3.3 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[2-(4-Ethyl-2,3-dioxopiperazin-1-yl)acetamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.14 (s, 4H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 5.56-5.51 (m, 1H), 4.34 (d, 2H, J=16.2 Hz), 3.88 (d, 2H, J=17.6 Hz), 3.59-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.26-3.14 (m, 3H), 2.98 (1H, B of ABX, J=10.8, 13.9 Hz), 2.82 (q, 2H, J=6.9, 15 Hz), 1.32 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1(2H)-yl)acetamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.02 (m, 4H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.18 (dd, 2H, J=16.5 Hz), 3.24-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.69 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-[2-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxole-5-carboxamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.25 (d, 1H, J=6.5 Hz), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.00 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.90 (s, 2H), 5.48 (q, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 3.32-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.72 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[2-(2,5-Dimethylthiazol-4-yl)acetamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.10-7.01 (m, 5H), 5.41 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.33-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.75 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[2-(2,4-Dimethylthiazol-5-yl)acetamido]-2-(4-methylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.71-8.68 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.10-7.03 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.41 (m, 1H), 3.59 (s, 1H), 3.34-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[3-(thiazol-2-yl)propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.67-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.08 (m, 4H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 5.46-5.41 (q, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.02-2.67 (m, 5H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)acetamido]ethyl}phenyl-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.04-6.91 (m, 6H), 5.32 (t, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 3.25-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.61 (m, 4H) 1.93 (s, 2H) 1.22-1.14 (m, 6H).

The second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹, R⁴, and L are further defined herein in Table X herein below.

TABLE X No. L R¹ R⁴ J360 —C(O)CH₂— Phenyl methyl J361 —C(O)CH₂— Phenyl ethyl J362 —C(O)CH₂— Phenyl phenyl J363 —C(O)CH₂— phenyl thiophen-2-yl J364 —C(O)CH₂— phenyl thiazol-2-yl J365 —C(O)CH₂— phenyl oxazol-2-yl J366 —C(O)CH₂— phenyl isoxazol-3-yl J367 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl methyl J368 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl ethyl J369 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl phenyl J370 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl thiophen-2-yl J371 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl thiazol-2-yl J372 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl oxazol-2-yl J373 —C(O)CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl J374 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl methyl J375 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl ethyl J376 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl phenyl J377 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl thiophen-2-yl J378 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl thiazol-2-yl J379 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl oxazol-2-yl J380 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl isoxazol-3-yl J381 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl methyl J382 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl ethyl J383 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl phenyl J384 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl thiophen-2-yl J385 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl thiazol-2-yl J386 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl oxazol-2-yl J387 —C(O)CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl J388 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl methyl J389 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl ethyl J390 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl phenyl J391 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiophen-2-yl J392 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiazol-2-yl J393 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl oxazol-2-yl J394 —C(O)CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl isoxazol-3-yl J395 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl methyl J396 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl ethyl J397 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl phenyl J398 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiophen-2-yl J399 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl J400 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl J401 —C(O)CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl J402 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl methyl J403 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl ethyl J404 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl phenyl J405 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiophen-2-yl J406 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiazol-2-y J407 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl J408 —C(O)CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl isoxazol-3-yl J409 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl methyl J410 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl ethyl J411 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl phenyl J412 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiophen-2-yl J413 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl J414 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl J415 —C(O)CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl J416 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl methyl J417 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl ethyl J418 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl phenyl J419 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl thiophen-2-yl J420 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl thiazol-2-yl J421 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl oxazol-2-yl J422 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— phenyl isoxazol-3-yl J423 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenvl methyl J424 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl ethyl J425 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl phenyl J426 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl thiophen-2-yl J427 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl thiazol-2-yl J428 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl oxazol-2-yl J429 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-chlorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl J430 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl methyl J431 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl ethyl J432 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl phenyl J433 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl thiophen-2-yl J434 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl thiazol-2-yl J435 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl oxazol-2-yl J436 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methoxyphenyl isoxazol-3-yl J437 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl methyl J438 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl ethyl J439 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl phenyl J440 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl thiophen-2-yl J441 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl thiazol-2-yl J442 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl oxazol-2-yl J443 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-fluorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl J444 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl methyl J445 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl ethyl J446 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl phenyl J447 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiophen-2-yl J448 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiazol-2-yl J449 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl oxazol-2-yl J450 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl isoxazol-3-yl J451 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl methyl J452 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl ethyl J453 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl phenyl J454 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiophen-2-yl J455 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl J456 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl J457 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl J458 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl methyl J459 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl ethyl J460 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl phenyl J461 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiophen-2-yl J462 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl J463 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl J464 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl. isoxazol-3-yl J465 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl methyl J466 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl ethyl J467 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl phenyl J468 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiophen-2-yl J469 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl J470 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl J471 —C(O)CH₂CH₂— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl

The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme II and described in Example 9 herein below.

Example 9 4-((S)-2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (23)

Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethanamine hydrobromide salt (22): A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (7.74 g, 20 mmol), and thiophen-2-carbothioic acid amide (3.14 g, 22 mmol) in CH₃CN (200 mL) is refluxed for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (50 mL) is added to the solution. The precipitate which forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 7.14 g (87% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 332 (M+1).

Preparation of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide (23): To a solution of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-thiophene2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethylamine, 22, (0.41 g, 1 mmol) 3-chlorophenylacetic acid (0.170 g, 1 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.070 g, 0.50 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.190 g, 1 mmol) followed by triethylamine (0.42 mL, 3 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.290 g (60% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. ESI− MS 482 (M−1).

Preparation of (S)-(4-(2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetylamino]-2-(2-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl)sulfamic acid (24): 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophene2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide, 23, (0.290 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.157 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.078 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.61 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 7.41-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.18-6.98 (m, 6H), 5.33 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 3.70 (d, 2H, J=3.9 Hz), 3.23 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.6, 13.8 Hz), 3.07 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.1, 13.5 Hz).

The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure.

4-((S)-2-(2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.35 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.61-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 2H, J=4.2 Hz), 6.99 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.77 (s, 1H), 5.30-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.20 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.3, 13.6 Hz), 3.06 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.1, 13.8 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-(3-Phenylpropanamido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.30 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.14 (m, 7H), 7.12 (d, 1H, J=1.5 Hz), 7.09 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.18 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.2, 13.8 Hz), 2.96 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.4, 13.6 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)propanamido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.61-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H, J=77.5 Hz), 6.870 (s, 1H), 5.25 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.18 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.6, 13.8 Hz), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=7.8, 13.8 Hz), 2.87 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.51 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz).

4-{(S)-2-[2-(3-Fluorophenyl)acetamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD OD) δ 7.61-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.08 (t, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 7.02-6.95 (m, 6H), 5.29 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.22 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.6, 13.9 Hz), 3.06 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.4, 13.6 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[2-(3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)acetamido]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.98-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.05 (m, 4H), 5.33 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.33-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-[2-(4-ethyl-2,3-dioxopiperazin-1-yl)acetamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.62 (d, 1H, J=3 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=1.5 Hz), 5.42-5.32 (m, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 3.91 (d, 1H, J=15.9 Hz), 3.60-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.98 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.9, 13.8 Hz), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz).

The third aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein the linking unit L comprises a phenyl unit, said linking group having the formula:

—C(O)[(CR^(5a)H)][(CR^(6a)H)]—

R¹ is hydrogen, R^(6a) is phenyl, R^(5a) is phenyl or substituted phenyl and non-limiting examples of the units R², R³, and R^(5a) are further exemplified herein below in Table XI.

TABLE XI No. R² R³ R^(5a) K472 methyl hydrogen phenyl K473 methyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl K474 methyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl K475 methyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl K476 methyl hydrogen 3,4-difluorophenyl K477 methyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl K478 methyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl K479 methyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl K480 methyl hydrogen 3,4-dichlorophenyl K481 methyl hydrogen 2-methoxyphenyl K482 methyl hydrogen 3-methoxyphenyl K483 methyl hydrogen 4-methoxyphenyl K484 ethyl hydrogen phenyl K485 ethyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl K486 ethyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl K487 ethyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl K488 ethyl hydrogen 3,4-difluorophenyl K489 ethyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl K490 ethyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl K491 ethyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl K492 ethyl hydrogen 3,4-dichlorophenyl K493 ethyl hydrogen 2-methoxyphenyl K494 ethyl hydrogen 3-methoxyphenyl K495 ethyl hydrogen 4-methoxyphenyl

The compounds encompassed within the third aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme IX and described in Example 10 herein below.

Example 10 (S-4-(2-(2,3-Diphenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid (26)

Preparation of (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2,3-diphenyl-propanamide (25): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.95 g, 2.65 mmol), diphenylpropionic acid (0.60 g, 2.65 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.180 g, 1.33 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.502 g, 2.62 mmol) followed by triethylamine (1.1 mL, 7.95 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.903 g (70% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.

Preparation of (S)-4-(2-(2,3-diphenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (26) (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2,3-diphenyl-propanamide, 25, (0.903 g) is dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (30 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.621 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.415 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.59-8.52 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.04 (m, 9H), 6.97-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.85 (m, 2H), 5.36-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.29 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.15 (1H, B of ABX, J=5.4, 33.8 Hz), 2.99-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.69 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 3H).

The precursors of many of the Z units which comprise the third aspect of Category V are not readily available. The following procedure illustrates an example of the procedure which can be used to provide different R^(5a) units according to the present disclosure. Using the procedure outlined in Scheme X and described in Example 11 the artisan can make modifications without undue experimentation to achieve the R^(5a) units encompassed by the present disclosure.

Example 11

2-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoic acid (28) Preparation of methyl 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoate (27): A 500 mL round-bottom flask is charged with methyl 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)acetate (8.496 g, 47 mmol, 1 eq) and THF (200 mL). The homogeneous mixture is cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. Lithium diisopropyl amide (23.5 mL of a 2.0M solution in heptane/THF) is added, maintaining a temperature less than 3° C. The reaction is stirred 45 minutes at this reduced temperature. Benzyl bromide (5.6 mL, 47 mmol, 1 eq) is added dropwise. The reaction is allowed to gradually warm to room temperature and is stirred for 18 hours. The reaction is quenched with 1N HCl and extracted 3 times with equal portions of EtOAc. The combined extracts are washed with H₂O and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residue is purified over silica to afford 4.433 g (35%) of the desired compound. ESI+ MS 293 (M+Na).

Preparation of 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoic acid (28): Methyl 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoate (4.433 g, 16 mmol, 1 eq) is dissolved in 100 mL of a 1:1 (v:v) mixture of THF and methanol. Sodium hydroxide (3.28 g, 82 mmol, 5 eq) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction is then poured into H₂O and the pH is adjusted to 2 via addition of 1N HCl. A white precipitate forms which is removed by filtration. The resulting solution is extracted with 3 portion of diethyl ether. The extracts are pooled, washed with H₂O and brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 2.107 g (51%) of the desired compound. ESI− MS 255 (M−1), 211 (M-CO₂H).

Intermediate 28 can be carried forward according to the procedure outlined in Scheme IX and described in Example 10 to produce the following compound according to the third aspect of Category V.

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.32-7.12 (m, 7H), 7.05-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.99-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 5.35-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 4H), 2.79-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 3H).

The following are further non-limiting examples of compounds according to the third aspect of Category I of the present disclosure.

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.33-6.87 (m, 14H), 5.39-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 3H). ¹⁹F NMR δ 47.59.

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.79 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.10 (s, 9H).

The fourth aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein the linking unit L comprises a phenyl unit, said linking group having the formula:

—C(O)[(CR^(5a)H)][(CR^(6a)H]—

R¹ is hydrogen, R^(6a) is phenyl, R^(5a) is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and the units R², R³, and R^(5a) are further exemplified herein below in Table XII.

TABLE XII No. R² R³ R^(5a) L496 methyl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl L497 methyl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl L498 methyl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl L499 methyl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl L500 methyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl L501 ethyl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl L502 ethyl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl L503 ethyl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl L504 ethyl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl L505 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl L506 ethyl methyl 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl L507 ethyl methyl thiophen-2-yl L508 ethyl methyl thiazol-2-yl L509 ethyl methyl oxazol-2-yl L510 ethyl methyl isoxazol-3-yl L511 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl L512 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl L513 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl L514 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl L515 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl L516 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl L517 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl L518 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl L519 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl L520 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl

The compounds encompassed within the fourth aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 5 herein below.

Example 12 4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (31)

Preparation of ethyl-2-benzyl-3-[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethylamino]-3-oxopropanoate (29): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.406 g, 1.13 mmol), 2-benzyl-3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoic acid (0.277 g) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.191 g, 1.41 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.240 g, 1.25 mmol) followed by diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (0.306 g). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.169 g (31% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.

Preparation of N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamide (30): Ethyl 2-benzyl-3-((S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamino)-3-oxopropanoate is dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and heated to reflux. Potassium carbonate (80 mg) and acetamide oxime (43 mg) are added. and treated with 80 mg potassium carbonate and 43 mg acetamide oxime at reflux. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed over silica to afford 0.221 g (94%) of the desired product as a yellow oil.

Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (31): N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamide, 30, (0.221 g) and tin (II) chloride (507 mg, 2.2 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH (25 mL) and the solution is brought to reflux 4 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc. A saturated solution of NaHCO₃ (50 mL) is added and the solution is stirred 1 hour. The organic layer is separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated to a residue which is dissolved in pyridine (0.143 g) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.143 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.071 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.29-6.87 (m, 10H), 5.38-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.42-2.74 (m, 6H), 2.38-2.33 (m, 3H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 3H).

Category VI of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹, R², R³, and L are further defined herein in Table XIII herein below.

TABLE XIII No. R² R³ R¹ M521 ethyl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl M522 ethyl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl M523 ethyl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl M524 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl M525 ethyl hydrogen imidazol-2-y M526 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl M527 ethyl hydrogen oxazol-4-yl M528 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-4-yl M529 ethyl hydrogen thi.ophen-4-yl M530 ethyl hydrogen thiazol-4-yl M531 ethyl methyl methyl M532 ethyl methyl ethyl M533 ethyl methyl propyl M534 ethyl methyl iso-propyl M535 ethyl methyl butyl M536 ethyl methyl phenyl M537 ethyl methyl benzyl M538 ethyl methyl 2-fluorophenyl M539 ethyl methyl 3-fluorophenyl M540 ethyl methyl 4-fluorophenyl M541 phenyl hydrogen methyl M542 phenyl hydrogen ethyl M543 phenyl hydrogen propyl M544 phenyl hydrogen iso-propyl M545 phenyl hydrogen butyl M546 phenyl hydrogen phenyl M547 phenyl hydrogen benzyl M548 phenyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl M549 phenyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl M550 phenyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl M551 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen methyl M552 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen ethyl M553 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen propyl M554 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen iso-propyl M555 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen butyl M556 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen phenyl M557 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen benzyl M558 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl M559 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl M560 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl

The compounds encompassed within Category VI of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XII and described in Example 13 herein below.

Example 13 (S)-4-[2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-oxo-4-phenylbutanamido)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid (33)

Preparation of (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-4-oxo-4-phenylbutanamide (32): 3-Benzoylpropionic acid (0.250 g) is dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL), N-methyl imidazole (0.333 mL) is added and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. after which a solution of thionyl chloride (0.320 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) is added dropwise. After 0.5 hours (S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine, 3, (0.388 g) is added. The reaction is stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 1N HCl and brine. The solution is dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated and the crude material purified over silica to afford 0.415 g of the desired product.

Preparation of (S)-4-[2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-oxo-4-phenylbutanamido)-ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid (33): (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2,3-diphenyl-propanamide, 32, (0.2 g) is dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.153 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.090 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.68 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 8.00 (d, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.80-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.69-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category II of the present disclosure. The intermediate nitro compounds of the following can be prepared by coupling the appropriate 4-oxo-carboxcylic acid with intermediate 3 under the conditions described herein above for the formation of intermediate 4 of scheme I.

(S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(5-methyl-4-oxohexanamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.59 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.14 (s, 4H), 7.08 (t, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 5.40-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.36 (m, 3H), 1.33 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.09 (dd, 6H, J=7.0, 2.2 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepin-7-yl)-4-oxobutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.64 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J=10.6 Hz), 7.11 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 5.42-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.22 (m, 4H), 3.20-2.98 (m, 4H), 2.82 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.67-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.23 (t, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 1.32 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(2,3-Dimethoxyphenyl)-4-oxobutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD), δ 8.64 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.21-7.11 (m, 7H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.42 (q, 1H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.90 (d, 3H, J=3.3 Hz), 3.88 (d, 3H, J=2.9 Hz), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.63-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.34 (t, 3H, J=7.69 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-oxo-4-(pyridin-2-yl)butanamido]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.60 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 7.91-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.99 (s, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 5.30 (q, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 3.36 (q, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.21-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.74 (q, 2H, J=10.4 Hz), 2.57-2.50 (m, 2H), 1.20 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-4-oxobutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.11 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.41 (q, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 4.31 (d, 4H, J=5.5 Hz), 3.24-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.62-2.53 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).

(S)-4-[2-(4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD), δ 7.10 (s 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.41 (q, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.52-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).

(S)-4-[2-(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.62 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.10 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.40 (q, 1H, 3.7 Hz), 4.15 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.28-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.82 (q, 2H, J=4.4 Hz), 2.54-2.48 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.24 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz).

The first aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:

wherein non-limiting examples of R¹, R², and R³ are further described herein below in Table XIV.

TABLE XIV No. R² R³ R¹ N561 methyl hydrogen phenyl N562 methyl hydrogen benzyl N563 methyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl N564 methyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl N565 methyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl N566 methyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl N567 methyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl N568 methyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl N569 ethyl hydrogen phenyl N570 ethyl hydrogen benzyl N571 ethyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl N572 ethyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl N573 ethyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl N574 ethyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl N575 ethyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl N576 ethyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl N577 thiene-2-yl hydrogen phenyl N578 thiene-2-yl hydrogen benzyl N579 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl N580 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl N581 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl N582 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl N583 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl N584 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl

The compounds encompassed within Category VII of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XIII and described in Example 14 herein below.

Example 14 (S)-4-(2-(3-Benzylureido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (35)

Preparation of (S)-1-benzyl-3-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]urea (34): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.360 g, 1 mmol) and Et₃N (0.42 mL, 3 mmol) in 10 mL CH₂Cl₂ is added benzyl isocyanate (0.12 mL, 1 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The product is isolated by filtration to afford 0.425 g (96% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.

Preparation of (S)-4-(2-(3-benzylureido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (35): (S)-1-benzyl-3-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]urea, 34, (0.425 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.220 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.143 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.32-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.35-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 3H), 3.11-3.04 (m, 3H), 2.81 (q, 2H, J=10.2, 13.0 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=4.5 Hz).

The following is a non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure.

4-{[(S)-2-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(3-(R)-methoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)ureido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.36-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.86 (m, 3H), 5.12-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H) 3.12-2.98 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.38 (m, 3H).

The second aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:

wherein non-limiting examples of R¹ and R⁴ are further described herein below in Table XV.

TABLE XV No. R¹ R⁴ O585 Methyl methyl O586 Ethyl methyl O587 n-propyl methyl O588 iso-propyl methyl O589 Phenyl methyl O590 Benzyl methyl O591 2-fluorophenyl methyl O592 2-chlorophenyl methyl O593 thiophen-2-yl methyl O594 thiazol-2-yl methyl O595 oxazol-2-yl methyl O596 isoxazol-3-yl methyl O597 methyl ethyl O598 ethyl ethyl O599 n-propyl ethyl O600 iso-propyl ethyl O601 phenyl ethyl O602 benzyl ethyl O603 2-fluorophenyl ethyl O604 2-chiorophenyl ethyl O605 thiophen-2-yl ethyl O606 thiazol-2-yl ethyl O607 oxazol-2-yl ethyl O608 isoxazol-3-yl ethyl O609 methyl thiophen-2-yl O610 ethyl thiophen-2-yl O611 n-propyl thiophen-2-yl O612 iso-propyl thiophen-2-yl O613 phenyl thiophen-2-yl O614 benzyl thiophen-2-yl O615 2-fluorophenyl thiophen-2-yl O616 2-chlorophenyl thiophen-2-yl O617 thiophen-2-yl thiophen-2-yl O618 thiazol-2-yl thiophen-2-yl O619 oxazol-2-yl thiophen-2-yl O620 isoxazol-3-yl thiophen-2-yl O621 methyl thiazol-2-yl O622 ethyl thiazol-2-yl O623 n-propyl thiazol-2-yl O624 iso-propyl thiazol-2-yl O625 phenyl thiazol-2-yl O626 benzyl thiazol-2-yl O627 2-fluorophenyl thiazol-2-yl O628 2-chlorophenyl thiazol-2-yl O629 thiophen-2-yl thiazol-2-yl O630 thiazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl O631 oxazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl O632 isoxazol-3-yl thiazol-2-yl O633 methyl oxazol-2-yl O634 ethyl oxazol-2-yl O635 n-propyl oxazol-2-yl O636 iso-propyl oxazol-2-yl O637 phenyl oxazol-2-yl O638 benzyl oxazol-2-yl O639 2-fluorophenyl oxazol-2-yl O640 2-chlorophenyl oxazol-2-yl O641 thiophen-2-yl oxazol-2-yl O642 thiazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl O643 oxazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl O644 isoxazol-3-yl oxazol-2-yl

The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XIV and described in Example 14 herein below.

Example 15 4-{(S)-2-(3-Benzylureido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid (37)

Preparation of 1-benzyl-3-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}urea (36): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(2-thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethan-amine hydrobromide salt, 8, and Et₃N (0.42 mL, 3 mmol) in 10 mL DCM is added benzyl isocyanate (0.12 mL, 1 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The product is isolated by filtration to afford 0.445 g (96% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.

Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(3-benzylureido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (37): 1-Benzyl-3-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}urea, 36, (0.445 g) is dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and CH₂Cl₂ (5 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.110 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.61 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J=6 Hz), 7.33-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.17-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.09-6.94 (m, 6H), 5.16 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.14-3.11 (m, 2H).

Category VIII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹, R⁴, and L are further defined herein in Table XVI herein below.

TABLE XVI No. R⁴ L R¹ P645 methyl —SO₂— methyl P646 ethyl —SO₂— methyl P647 phenyl —SO₂— methyl P648 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— methyl P649 methyl —SO₂— trifluoromethyl P650 ethyl —SO₂— trifluoromethyl P651 phenyl —SO₂— trifluoromethyl P652 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— trifluoromethyl P653 methyl —SO₂— ethyl P654 ethyl —SO₂— ethyl P655 phenyl —SO₂— ethyl P656 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— ethyl P657 methyl —SO₂— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl P658 ethyl —SO₂— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl P659 phenyl —SO₂— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl P660 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl P661 methyl —SO₂— phenyl P662 ethyl —SO₂— phenyl P663 phenyl —SO₂— phenyl P664 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— phenyl P665 methyl —SO₂— 4-fluorophenyl P666 ethyl —SO₂— 4-fluorophenyl P667 phenyl —SO₂— 4-fluorophenyl P668 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— 4-fluorophenyl P669 methyl —SO₂— 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl P670 ethyl —SO₂— 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl P671 phenyl —SO₂— 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl P672 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl P673 methyl —SO₂— 1-methyl-1H-imidazo-4-yl P674 ethyl —SO₂— 1-methyl-1H-imidazo-4-yl P675 phenyl —SO₂— 1-methyl-1H-imidazo-4-yl P676 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— 1-methyl-1H-imidazo-4-yl P678 methyl —SO₂— 4-acetamidophenyl P679 ethyl —SO₂— 4-acetamidophenyl P680 phenyl —SO₂— 4-acetamidophenyl P681 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂— 4-acetamidophenyl P682 methyl —SO₂CH₂— phenyl P683 ethyl —SO₂CH₂— phenyl P684 phenyl —SO₂CH₂— phenyl P685 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂CH₂— phenyl P686 methyl —SO₂CH₂— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl P687 ethyl —SO₂CH₂— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl P688 phenyl —SO₂CH₂— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl P689 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂CH₂— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl P690 methyl —SO₂CH₂— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl P691 ethyl —SO₂CH₂— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl P692 phenyl —SO₂CH₂— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl P693 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂CH₂— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl P694 methyl —SO₂CH₂CH₂— phenyl P695 ethyl —SO₂CH₂CH₂— phenyl P696 phenyl —SO₂CH₂CH₂— phenyl P697 thiophen-2-yl —SO₂CH₂CH₂— phenyl

The compounds encompassed within Category VIII of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XV and described in Example 16 herein below.

Example 16

{4-(S)-[2-Phenylmethanesulfonylamino-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid (39)

Preparation of (S)—N-{2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-1-phenylmethanesulfonamide (38): To a suspension of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-thiophene2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethylamine, 8, (330 mg, 0.80 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (6 mL) at 0° C. is added diisopropylethylamine (0.30 mL, 1.6 mmol) followed by phenylmethanesulfonyl chloride (167 mg, 0.88 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The mixture is diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and washed with sat. NaHCO₃ followed by brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 210 mg of the desired product as a white solid.

Preparation of {4-(S)-[2-phenylmethanesulfonylamino-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid (39): (S)—N-{2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-1-phenylmethanesulfonamide, 38, (210 mg, 0.41 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (197 mg, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.060 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.52-7.63 (m, 6.70-7.28 (m, 11H), 4.75 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.95-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.20 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.8 Hz, 1H).

Intermediates for use in Step (a) of Scheme XV can be conveniently prepared by the procedure outlined herein below in Scheme XVI and described in Example 17.

Example 17 (2-Methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonyl chloride (41)

Preparation of sodium (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonate (40): 4-Chloromethyl-2-methylthiazole (250 mg, 1.69 mmol) is dissolved in H₂O (2 mL) and treated with sodium sulfite (224 mg, 1.78 mmol). The reaction mixture is subjected to microwave irradiation for 20 minutes at 200° C. The reaction mixture is diluted with H₂O (30 mL) and washed with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The aqueous layer is concentrated to afford 0.368 g of the desired product as a yellow solid. LC/MS ESI+ 194 (M+1, free acid).

Preparation of (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonyl chloride (41): Sodium (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonate, 40, (357 mg, 1.66 mmol) is dissolved in phosphorous oxychloride (6 mL) and is treated with phosphorous pentachloride (345 mg, 1.66 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 3 hours, then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is re-dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL) and is washed with sat. NaHCO₃ and brine. The organic layer is dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and the solvent removed in vacuo to afford 0.095 g of the desired product as a brown oil. LC/MS ESI+ 211 (M+1). Intermediates are obtained in sufficient purity to be carried forward according to Scheme IX without the need for further purification.

(S)-(4-(2-((2-Methylthiazol-4-yl)methylsulfonamido)-2-(2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenyl)sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.71-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.10 (m, 7H), 4.87 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.30-4.16 (q, 2H, J=13.2 Hz), 3.34-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H).

The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category VIII of the present disclosure.

{4-(S)-[2-Phenylmethanesulfonylamino-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}-sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.27-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.05-7.6 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91-4.02 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.18 (m, 4H), 1.41 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

(S)-(4-(2-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-((3-methoxyphenyl)methylsulfonamido)ethyl)-phenyl)sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.20 (t, J=8.1 Hz. 1H), 6.94-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.75-6.80 (m, 1H), 4.67 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.90-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.16 (m, 4H), 1.40 (t, J=7.5 HZ, 3H).

(S)-4-{[1-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylsulfamoyl]methyl}-benzoic acid methyl ester: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.90-7.94- (m, 2H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.97-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.71 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.95-4.08 (4, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.80-3.50 (m, 4H), 1.38-1.44 (m, 3H).

(S)-4-[2-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-sulfonamido)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.54 (s, 1H, 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 4H), 4.62 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.98-3.14 (m, 3H), 2.79 (dd, J=9.3 and 15.0 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-[2-(Thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylsulfonamido)-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 5H), 4.84 (t, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 3.71-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.03 (m, 2H).

{4-(S)-[2-(Phenylethanesulfonylamino)-2-(2thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.19 (m, 9H), 6.94-6.97 (m, 2H), 4.78 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.30 (m, 2H)), 3.11 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.87 (m, 4H).

{4-(S)-[3-(Phenylpropanesulfonylamino)-2-(2thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.17 (m, 10H), 4.72 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.39-2.64 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.86 (m, 2H).

(S)-{4-[2-(4-Methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-7-sulfonylamino)-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.53 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H) 7.48 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.93-6.88 (m, 3H), 6.75 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.69 (s, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-(4-acetamidophenylsulfonamido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.67-7.52 (m, 6H), 7.24-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.02-6.99 (m, 2H), 4.70 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.25-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

The first aspect of Category IX of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and R⁴ is C₁-C₆ linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl as further described herein below in Table XVII.

TABLE XVII No. R⁴ R¹ Q698 —CH₃ 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl Q699 —CH₃ 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl Q700 —CH₃ 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H- indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl Q701 —CH₃ 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl Q702 —CH₃ 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl Q703 —CH₃ 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl Q704 —CH₃ 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl Q705 —CH₃ 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl Q706 —CH₃ 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q707 —CH₃ 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q708 —CH₃ 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q709 —CH₃ 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q710 —CH₃ 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl Q711 —CH₃ 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q712 —CH₃ 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q713 —CH₂CH₃ 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl Q714 —CH₂CH₃ 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl Q715 —CH₂CH₃ 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoctlyl)-1-H- indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl Q716 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl Q717 —CH₂CH₃ 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl Q718 —CH₂CH₃ 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl Q719 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl Q720 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl Q721 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q722 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q723 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q724 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q725 —CH₂CH₃ 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl Q726 —CH₂CH₃ 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q727 —CH₂CH₃ 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q728 cyclopropyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl Q729 cyclopropyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl Q730 cyclopropyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1- H-indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl Q731 cyclopropyl 5-[2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl Q732 cyclopropyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl Q733 cyclopropyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl Q734 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl Q735 cyclopropyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl Q736 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q737 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q738 cyclopropyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q739 cyclopropyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-thiazol-2-yl Q740 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl Q741 cyclopropyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl Q742 cyclopropyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl

Compounds according to the first aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit for R¹ can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XVII and described herein below in Example 18.

Example 18 (S)-4-(2-(2-Phenylthiazol-4-yl)2-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazole-5-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (45)

Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt (42): A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (1.62 g, 4.17 mmol) and thiobenzamide (0.63 g, 4.60 mmol) in CH₃CN (5 mL) is refluxed for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (50 mL) is added to the solution. The precipitate which forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 1.2 g (67% yield) of the desired product. LC/MS ESI+ 326 (M+1).

Preparation of (S)-4-(1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-2-phenylthiazole (43): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt, 42, (726 mg, 1.79 mmol) and CaCO₃ (716 mg, 7.16 mmol) in H₂O (2 mL) is added CCl₄ (3 mL) followed by thiophosgene (0.28 mL, 3.58 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified over silica (CH₂Cl₂) to afford 480 mg (73%) of the desired product as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.15 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.97-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.95 (m, 1H), 3.60 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz).

Preparation of (S)-methyl 5-[1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethylamino]thiazole-4-carboxylate (44): To a suspension of potassium tert-butoxide (89 mg, 0.75 mmol) in THF (3 mL) is added methyl isocyanoacetate (65 μL, 0.68 mmol) followed by (S)-2-phenyl-4-(1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)thiazole, 43, (250 mg, 0.68 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours then poured into sat. NaHCO₃. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL) and the combined organic layers are washed with brine and dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue is purified over silica to afford 323 mg (˜100% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.09-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.98 (m, 3H), 7.84 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H), 4.71-4.78 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.60 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H).

Preparation of (S)-4-(2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)2-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazole-5-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (45): (S)-methyl 5-[1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethylamino]thiazole-4-carboxylate, 44, (323 mg, 0.68 mmol) and tin (II) chloride (612 mg, 2.72 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH and the solution is brought to reflux. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc. A saturated solution of NaHCO₃ is added and the solution is stirred 1 hour. The organic layer is separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated to a residue which is dissolved in pyridine (10 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (130 mg, 0.82 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.071 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.97-8.00 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.03-7.13 (m, 4H), 4.74 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.42 (m, 2H).

Compounds according to the first aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit for R¹ can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XVIII and described herein below in Example 19. Intermediate 46 can be prepared according to Scheme II and Example 2 by substituting cyclopropane-carbothioic acid amide for thiophen-2-carbothioic acid amide.

Example 19 4-{(S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (50)

Preparation of (S)-1-(1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-thiourea (47): To a solution of(S)-1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethan-amine hydrobromide salt, 32, (4.04 g, 10.9 mmol) and CaCO₃ (2.18 g, 21.8 mmol) in CCl₄/water (25 mL/20 mL) is added thiophosgene (1.5 g, 13.1 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is subsequently treated with ammonia (0.5M in 1,4-dioxane, 120 mL) which is purified over silica to afford 2.90 g of the desired product as a red-brown solid. LC/MS ESI− 347 (M−1).

Preparation of (S)-4-(3-methoxybenzyl)-N-(1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)thiazol-2-amine (48): (S)-1-(1-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-thiourea, 47, (350 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 2-bromo-3′-methoxyacetophenone (253 mg, 1.10 mmol) are combined in 3 mL CH₃CN and heated to reflux for 24 hours. The mixture is concentrated and chromatographed to afford 0.172 g of the product as a yellow solid. LC/MS ESI+ 479 (M+1).

Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-thiazol-2-ylamino]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (49): (S)-4-(3-methoxybenzyl)-N-(1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)thiazol-2-amine, 48, (0.172 g) is dissolved in 10 mL MeOH. A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in 5 mL pyridine and treated with SO₃-pyridine (114 mg). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which 10 mL of a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.033 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.33-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.10-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.84-6.80 (m, 2H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.18 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.36 (q, 1H, J=4.6 Hz), 1.20-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.99 (m, 2H).

The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category IX.

(S)-4-(2-(4-((2-Methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl)thiazole-5-ylamino)2-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.14-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.06 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

(S)-4-(2-{5-[1-N-(2-Methoxy-2-oxoethylcarbamoyl)-1-H-indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-ylamino}-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.63 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.02-7.16 (m, 4H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.85 (s, 3H), 3.27 (dd, J=13.5 and 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (m, J=13.5 and 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H).

4-((S)-2-(5-(2-Methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.52 (dd, J=7.5 and 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.24 (m, 10H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H).

4-((S)-2-(5-((S)-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylethyl)oxazole-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.03-7.27 (m, 10H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.95-5.00 (m, 1H), 4.76 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.00-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.90 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H).

(S)-{4-{2-[5-(4-Methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]oxazol-2-ylamino-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.99 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 4H), 6.83 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H).

(S)-4-(2-(5-(3-Methoxybenzyl)oxazole-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.03-7.28 (m, 8H), 6.79-6.83 (m, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.99-5.06 (m, 2H), 4.41 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.27-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s, 3H).

(S)-4-(2-(2-Methylthiazole-4-yl)-2-(5-phenyloxazole-2-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.45 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.18-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H).

4-((S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.33-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.10-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.84-6.80 (m, 2H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.18 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.36 (q, 1H, J=4.6 Hz), 1.20-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.99 (m, 2H).

(S)-4-(2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.79-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.03 (m, 7H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 3.29-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.40 (q, 2.40, J=5.1 Hz), 1.23-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.02 (m, 2H).

4-((S)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.89-7.87 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.28 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 7.10-6.96 (m, 8H), 5.03 (t, 1H, J-=6.9 Hz), 3.90 (s, 1H), 3.19 (q, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 2.38 (q, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.21-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.00 (m, 2H).

4-((S)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.06-8.02 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 7.12-6.95 (m, 7H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 5.11 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.22-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.38 (q, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.22-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.02 (m, 2H).

(S)-4-(2-(4-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.22-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.09-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.78-6.66 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.35 (q, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.19-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.03-1.00 (m, 2H).

(S)-{(5-[1-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylamino]-2-methyl-2H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-yl}carbamic acid methyl ester. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 6.97-7.08 (m, 5H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.15 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.02-3.07 (m, 3H), 1.40 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

The second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl as further described herein below in Table XVIII.

TABLE XVIII No. R⁴ R¹ R743 phenyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl R744 phenyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbarnoyl]thiazol-5-yl R745 phenyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1- H-indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl R746 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl R747 phenyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl R748 phenyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl R749 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl]oxazol-2-yl R750 phenyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl R751 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R752 phenyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R753 phenyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R754 phenyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R755 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl R756 phenyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R757 phenyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R758 thiophen-2-yl 4-(methoxy-carbonyl)thiazol-5-yl R759 thiophen-2-yl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbarnoyl]thiazol-5-yl R760 thiophen-2-yl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H- indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl R761 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl R762 thiophen-2-yl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl R763 thiophen-2-yl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl R764 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl R765 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl R766 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R767 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R768 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R769 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R770 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl R771 thiophen-2-yl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R772 thiophen-2-yl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R773 cyclopropyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl R774 cyclopropyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol- 5-yl R775 cyclopropyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H- indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl R776 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl R777 cyclopropyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl R778 cyclopropyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl R779 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl R780 cyclopropyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl R781 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R782 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R783 cyclopropyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R784 cyclopropyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl R785 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl R786 cyclopropyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl R787 cyclopropyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl

Compounds according to the second aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit for R¹ can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Schemes XIX, XX, and XXI and described herein below in Examples 20, 21, and 22.

Example 20 (S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (55)

Preparation of [3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (50): To a 0° C. solution of 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid (1.20 g, 4.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added dropwise triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.4 mmol) followed by iso-butyl chloroformate (0.57 mL, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes then filtered. The filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane (˜16 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.6, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

Preparation of [3-bromo-1-(4-nitro-benzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (51): To a 0° C. solution of [3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 50, (0.350 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added dropwise 48% aq. HBr (0.14 mL, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours and quenched at 0° C. with saturated aqueous Na₂CO₃. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.400 g of the desired product that is used in the next step without further purification. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt (52): A mixture of [3-bromo-1-(4-nitro-benzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 51, (1.62 g, 4.17 mmol) and benzothioamide (0.630 g, 4.59 mmol), in CH₃CN (5 mL) is refluxed for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (50 mL) is added to the solution and the precipitate that forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 1.059 g (63%) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 326 (M+1).

Preparation of (S)-4-[1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]-2-phenylthiazole (53): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt, 52, (2.03 g, 5 mmol) and CaCO₃ (1 g, 10 mmol) in CCl₄/water (10:7.5 mL) is added thiophosgene (0.46 mL, 6 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH₂C₂ and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is purified over silica (CH₂Cl₂) to afford 1.71 g (93% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 368 (M+1).

Preparation of (S)-5-methyl-N-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine (54): A solution of (S)-4-[1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]-2-phenylthiazole, 53, (332 mg, 0.876 mmol) and acetic hydrazide (65 mg, 0.876 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in POCl₃ (3 mL) and the resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours after which the solution is heated to 50° C. for 2 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in EtOAc (40 mL) and the resulting solution is treated with 1N NaOH until the pH remains approximately 8. The solution is extracted with EtOAc. The combined aqueous layers are washed with EtOAc, the organic layers combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.345 g (93% yield) of the desired product as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) 8.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H). ESI+ MS 424 (M+1).

Preparation of (S)-4-[2-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid (55): (S)-5-Methyl-N-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine, 54, (0.404 g, 0.954 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (5 mL). Pd/C (50 mg, 10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere until the reaction is judged to be complete. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (4 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.304 g, 1.91 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (50 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to afford 0.052 g (11% yield) of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.00-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.04 (q, 4H, J=9.0 Hz), 5.18 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.34-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H). ESI− MS 472 (M−1).

Example 21 4-{(S)-2-[4-(2-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (58)

Preparation of (S)-1-[1-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-thiourea (56): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt, 8, (1.23 g, 2.98 mmol) and CaCO₃ (0.597 g, 5.96 mmol) in CCl₄/water (10 mL/5 mL) is added thiophosgene (0.412 g, 3.58 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is subsequently treated with ammonia (0.5M in 1,4-dioxane, 29.4 mL, 14.7 mmol) which is purified over silica to afford 0.490 g of the desired product as a red-brown solid. ESI+ MS 399 (M+1).

Preparation of 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}thiazol-2-amine (57): (S)-1-[1-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-thiourea, 56, (265 mg, 0.679 mmol) is treated with bromo-2′-methoxyacetophenone (171 mg, 0.746 mmol) to afford 0.221 g of the product as a yellow solid. ESI+ MS 521 (M+1).

Preparation on 4-{(S)-2-[4-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (58): 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}thiazol-2-amine, 57, (0.229 g) is dissolved in 12 mL MeOH. A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in 6 mL pyridine and treated with SO₃-pyridine (140 mg). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which 10 mL of a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.033 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H MR (CD₃OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.18-6.95 (m, 9H), 5.15 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.24 (m, 2H).

Compounds according to the second aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted oxazol-2-yl unit for R¹ can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XXI and described herein below in Example 22. Intermediate 39 can be prepared according to Scheme XVII and Example 18.

Example 22 4-{(S)-2-[5-(3-Methoxyphenyl)oxazole-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (61)

Preparation of [5-(3-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl]-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ethyl]amine (60): A mixture of (S)-4-(isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-2-phenylthiazole, 53, (300 mg, 0.81 mmol), 1-azido-1-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethanone (382 mg, 2.0 mmol) and PPh₃ (0.8 g, polymer bound, ˜3 mmol/g) in dioxane (6 mL) is heated at 90° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction solution is cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 300 mg (74% yield) of the desired product as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 8.02 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 3H), 6.69-7.03 (m, 4H), 6.75-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.26 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 4H), 3.42-3.45 (m, 2H).

Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[5-(3-methoxyphenyl)oxazole-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (61): [5-(3-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl]-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ethyl]amine, 60, (300 mg, 0.60 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (10 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (190 mg, 1.2 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.042 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.99 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.04-7.12 (m, 6H), 6.78 (dd, J=8.4 and 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.1 Hz, 1H).

The following are non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category IX of the present disclosure.

(S)-4-(2-(5-Phenyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.97-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 6H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 5.29 (t, 1H, J-=6.9 Hz), 3.35-3.26 (m, 2H).

4-((S)-2-(5-Propyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): a 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.03 (m, 6H), 5.13 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.32-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.76-1.63 (h, 6H, J=7.4 Hz), 0.97 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).

4-((S)-2-(5-Benzyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ (m, 2H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.05-6.94 (m, 6H), 5.04 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.04 (m, 2H).

4-((S)-2-(5-(Naphthalen-1-ylmethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.08-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.43 (m, 6H), 7.11-7.00 (m, 6H), 5.08 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.26-3.08 (m, 2H).

4-((S)-2-(5-((Methoxycarbonyl)methyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.03-6.92 (m, 6H), 5.02 (t, 1H, 0.7.2 Hz), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.02 (m, 2H).

4-((S)-2-(5-((2-Methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H (CD₃OD): δ 7.60-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.03 (q, 4H, J=8.7 Hz), 5.14 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.33-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H).

4-{(S)-2-[4-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.06-8.02 (q, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 6H), 7.01-6.88 (m, 4H), 5.20 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.36-3.17 (m, 2H).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.02-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.08 (s, 4H), 5.26 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.35-4.28 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.38-3.18 (m, 2H), 1.36 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(2-Ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 5.09 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.17-4.10 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.54 (s, 2H), 3.35-3.14 (m, 2H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(4-acetamidophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.11 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.61 (m, 6H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.23 (s, 4H), 5.32 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.51-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H).

(S)-4-[2-(4-phenylthiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H (CD₃OD): δ 8.03-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.72 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.53-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 5.23 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.40-3.27 (m, 2H).

(S)-4-{2-[4-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 8.04-8.00 (m, 4H), 7.92-7.89 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.53-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 5.28 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.24 (m, 2H).

4-{(S)-2-[4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.00-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.89 (s, 4H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.16-4.09 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.14-2.94 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).

(S)-4-[2-(4-(Methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.97-8.00 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.03-7.13 (m, 4H), 4.74 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.42 (m, 2H).

(S)-4-[2-(5-Phenyloxazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.94-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.32 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 5.15 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (dd, J=14.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=14.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H).

(S)-4-{2-[5-(4-Acetamidophenyl)oxazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.92-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H0), 5.14 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 11H), 3.13-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H).

4-((S)-2-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)oxazole-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.97-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 6.97-7.06 (m, 3H), 5.15-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.4 Hz 1H).

4-{(S)-2-[5-(3-Methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-ylamino]-2-[(2-thiophen-2-yl)thiazole-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.55-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.04-7.15 (m, 8H), 6.77-6.81 (m, 1H), 5.10 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=14.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H).

(S)-4-[2-(4,6-Dimethylpyrimidin-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) δ 7.00-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.50 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.04-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 6H).

(S)-4-[2-(4-Hydroxy-6-methylpyrimidine-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.97-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 5.40-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H).

The first aspect of Category X of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹ is heteroaryl and R⁴ is further described herein below in Table XIX.

TABLE XIX No. R⁴ R¹ S788 phenyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl S789 phenyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol- 5-yl S790 phenyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H- indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl S791 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl S792 phenyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl S793 phenyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl S794 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl S795 phenyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl S796 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S797 phenyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S798 phenyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S799 phenyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S800 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl S801 phenyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S802 phenyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S803 thiophen-2-yl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl S804 thiophen-2-yl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol- 5-yl S805 thiophen-2-yl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1- H-indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl S806 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl  S8007 thiophen-2-yl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl S808 thiophen-2-yl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl S809 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl S810 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl S811 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S812 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S813 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S814 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S815 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl S816 thiophen-2-yl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S817 thiophen-2-yl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S818 cyclopropyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl S819 cyclopropyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol- 5-yl S820 cyclopropyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H- indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-yl S821 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl S822 cyclopropyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2- phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl S823 cyclopropyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl S824 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl S825 cyclopropyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl S826 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S827 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S828 cyclopropyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S829 cyclopropyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl S830 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl S831 cyclopropyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl S832 cyclopropyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl

Compounds according to the first aspect of Category X can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XXII and described herein below in Example 23.

Example 23 4-((S)-2-(2-(3-Chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (64)

Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethanamine hydrobromide salt (62): A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (38.7 g, 100 mmol), and thiophen-2-carboxamide (14 g, 110 mmol) (available from Alfa Aesar) in CH₃CN (500 mL) is refluxed for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (200 mL) is added to the solution. The precipitate which forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford the desired product which can be used for the next step without purification.

Preparation of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide (63): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethanamine HBr, 47, (3.15 g, 10 mmol) 3-chlorophenyl-acetic acid (1.70 g, 10 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.70 g, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (1.90 g, 10 mmol) followed by triethylamine (4.2 mL, 30 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford the desired product which is used without further purification.

Preparation of —((S)-2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (64): 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide, 63, (3 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.157 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue can be purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the desired product as the ammonium salt.

The second aspect of Category X of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:

wherein R¹ is aryl and R² and R³ are further described herein below in Table XX.

TABLE XX No. R² R³ R¹ T833 methyl hydrogen phenyl T834 methyl hydrogen benzyl T835 methyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl T836 methyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl T837 methyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl T838 methyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl T839 methyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl T840 methyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl T841 ethyl hydrogen phenyl T842 ethyl hydrogen benzyl T843 ethyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl T844 ethyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl T845 ethyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl T846 ethyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl T847 ethyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl T848 ethyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl T849 thien-2-yl hydrogen phenyl T850 thien-2-yl hydrogen benzyl T851 thien-2-yl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl T852 thien-2-yl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl T853 thien-2-yl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl T854 thien-2-yl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl T855 thien-2-yl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl T856 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl

Compounds according to the second aspect of Category X can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XXI and described herein below in Example 24.

Example 24 {4-[2-(S)-(4-Ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-phenylacetylaminoethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid (67)

Preparation of (S)-1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine (65): A mixture of [1-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 1, (10 g, 32.3 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-butanone (90%/o, 4.1 mL, 36 mmol) in CH₃CN (500 mL) is refluxed for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration and is used without further purification.

Preparation of N-[1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide (66): To a solution of (S)-1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine, 65, (2.9 g, 11 mmol), phenylacetic acid (1.90 g, 14 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.94 g, 7.0 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (2.68 g, 14 mmol) followed by triethylamine (6.0 mL, 42 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO₃, water and brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford the desired product which is used without further purification.

Preparation of {4-[2-(S)-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-phenylacetylaminoethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid (67): N-[1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide, 66, (0.260 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO₃-pyridine (0.177 g, 1.23). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH₄OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the desired product as the ammonium salt.

Methods

The disclosed compounds can be used to prevent, abate, minimize, control, and/or lessen tumor metastasis in humans and animals. The disclosed compounds can also be used to slow the rate of primary tumor growth. The disclosed compounds when administered to a subject in need of treatment can be used to stop the spread of cancer cells. As such, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered as part of a combination therapy with one or more drugs or other pharmaceutical agents. When used as part of the combination therapy, the decrease in metastasis and reduction in primary tumor growth afforded by the disclosed compounds allows for a more effective and efficient use of any pharmaceutical or drug therapy being used to treat the patient. In addition, control of metastasis by the disclosed compound affords the subject a greater ability to concentrate the disease in one location.

Disclosed herein are methods for preventing metastasis of malignant tumors or other cancerous cells as well as to reduce the rate of tumor growth. The methods comprise administering an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds to a subject diagnosed with a malignant tumor or cancerous cells or to a subject having a tumor or cancerous cells.

Further disclosed herein is the use of the disclosed compounds for making a medicament for preventing metastasis of malignant tumors or other cancerous cells and for slowing tumor growth.

The following are non-limiting examples of cancers that can be treated by the disclosed methods and compositions: Acute Lymphoblastic; Acute Myeloid Leukemia; Adrenocortical Carcinoma; Adrenocortical Carcinoma, Childhood; Appendix Cancer; Basal Cell Carcinoma; Bile Duct Cancer, Extrahepatic; Bladder Cancer; Bone Cancer, Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma; Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood; Brain Tumor, Adult; Brain Tumor, Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood; Brain Tumor, Central Nervous System Atypical Teratoid/Rhabdoid Tumor, Childhood; Central Nervous System Embryonal Tumors; Cerebellar Astrocytoma; Cerebral Astrocytoma/Malignant Glioma; Craniopharyngioma; Ependymoblastoma; Ependymoma; Medulloblastoma; Medulloepithelioma; Pineal Parenchymal Tumors of Intermediate Differentiation; Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors and Pineoblastoma; Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma; Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors; Breast Cancer, Bronchial Tumors; Burkitt Lymphoma; Carcinoid Tumor; Carcinoid Tumor, Gastrointestinal; Central Nervous System Atypical Teratoid/Rhabdoid Tumor, Central Nervous System Embryonal Tumors; Central Nervous System Lymphoma; Cerebellar Astrocytoma; Cerebral Astrocytoma/Malignant Glioma, Childhood; Cervical Cancer; Chordoma, Childhood; Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia; Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia; Chronic Myeloproliferative Disorders; Colon Cancer; Colorectal Cancer; Craniopharyngioma; Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma; Esophageal Cancer; Ewing Family of Tumors; Extragonadal Germ Cell Tumor, Extrahepatic Bile Duct Cancer; Eye Cancer, Intraocular Melanoma; Eye Cancer, Retinoblastoma; Gallbladder Cancer; Gastric (Stomach) Cancer, Gastrointestinal Carcinoid Tumor; Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor (GIST); Germ Cell Tumor, Extracranial; Germ Cell Tumor, Extragonadal; Germ Cell Tumor, Ovarian; Gestational Trophoblastic Tumor, Glioma; Glioma, Childhood Brain Stem; Glioma, Childhood Cerebral Astrocytoma; Glioma, Childhood Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic; Hairy Cell Leukemia; Head and Neck Cancer; Hepatocellular (Liver) Cancer; Histiocytosis, Langerhans Cell; Hodgkin Lymphoma; Hypopharyngeal Cancer; Hypothalamic and Visual Pathway Glioma; Intraocular Melanoma; Islet Cell Tumors; Kidney (Renal Cell) Cancer, Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis; Laryngeal Cancer; Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic; Leukemia, Acute Myeloid; Leukemia, Chronic Lymphocytic; Leukemia, Chronic Myelogenous; Leukemia, Hairy Cell; Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer, Liver Cancer; Lung Cancer, Non-Small Cell; Lung Cancer, Small Cell; Lymphoma, AIDS-Related; Lymphoma, Burkitt; Lymphoma, Cutaneous T-Cell; Lymphoma, Hodgkin; Lymphoma, Non-Hodgkin; Lymphoma, Primary Central Nervous System; Macroglobulinemia, Waldenström; Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone and Osteosarcoma; Medulloblastoma; Melanoma; Melanoma, Intraocular (Eye); Merkel Cell Carcinoma; Mesothelioma; Metastatic Squamous Neck Cancer with Occult Primary; Mouth Cancer; Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndrome, (Childhood); Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasm; Mycosis Fungoides; Myelodysplastic Syndromes; Myelodysplastic/Myeloproliferative Diseases; Myelogenous Leukemia, Chronic; Myeloid Leukemia, Adult Acute; Myeloid Leukemia, Childhood Acute; Myeloma, Multiple; Myeloproliferative Disorders, Chronic; Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer; Nasopharyngeal Cancer, Neuroblastoma; Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer; Oral Cancer; Oral Cavity Cancer; Oropharyngeal Cancer; Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone; Ovarian Cancer; Ovarian Epithelial Cancer; Ovarian Germ Cell Tumor; Ovarian Low Malignant Potential Tumor; Pancreatic Cancer; Pancreatic Cancer, Islet Cell Tumors; Papillomatosis; Parathyroid Cancer; Penile Cancer; Pharyngeal Cancer, Pheochromocytoma; Pineal Parenchymal Tumors of Intermediate Differentiation; Pineoblastoma and Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors; Pituitary Tumor; Plasma Cell Neoplasm/Multiple Myeloma; Pleuropulmonary Blastoma; Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma; Prostate Cancer; Rectal Cancer; Renal Cell (Kidney) Cancer; Renal Pelvis and Ureter, Transitional Cell Cancer; Respiratory Tract Carcinoma Involving the NUT Gene on Chromosome 15; Retinoblastoma; Rhabdomyosarcoma; Salivary Gland Cancer; Sarcoma, Ewing Family of Tumors; Sarcoma, Kaposi; Sarcoma, Soft Tissue; Sarcoma, Uterine; Sézary Syndrome; Skin Cancer (Nonmelanoma); Skin Cancer (Melanoma); Skin Carcinoma, Merkel Cell; Small Cell Lung Cancer; Small Intestine Cancer, Soft Tissue Sarcoma; Squamous Cell Carcinoma, Squamous Neck Cancer with Occult Primary, Metastatic; Stomach (Gastric) Cancer; Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors; T-Cell Lymphoma, Cutaneous; Testicular Cancer, Throat Cancer, Thymoma and Thymic Carcinoma; Thyroid Cancer; Transitional Cell Cancer of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter; Trophoblastic Tumor, Gestational; Urethral Cancer; Uterine Cancer, Endometrial; Uterine Sarcoma; Vaginal Cancer; Vulvar Cancer; Waldenström Macroglobulinemia; and Wilms Tumor.

In Vivo Anti-Metastasis Study A total of 50 NCr nu/nu male mice aged 5-6 weeks were selected for the following in vivo test. H460-GFP human tumor cells were grown subcutaneously in NCr nu/nu male mice after which the resulting tumors were harvested. Subsequent to harvesting, recipient NCr nu/nu mice of this study had tumor fragments transplanted by surgical orthotopic implantation (SOI). Each animal was anesthetized is isofurane and the surgical area was sterilized with iodine and alcohol. A transverse incision approximately 1.5 cm long was made in the left chest wall of the mice using a pair of surgical scissors. An intercostal incision was made between the third and the fourth costa and the left lung was exposed. Two pieces of H460-GFP tumor fragments were transplanted to the surface of the lung with 8-0 surgical nylon suture. The chest wall was closed with 6-0 silk suture. The lung was re-inflated by the intrathoracic puncture using 3 cc syringe with 25 G 1½ needle to draw out the remaining air in the chest cavity. The chest wall was closed with 6-0 surgical silk sutures. All procedures of the operation described above were performed with a 7× magnification microscope (Olympus) under HEPA filtered laminar flow hoods.

The treated mice were divided into five groups containing ten mice each. Group I (Control) received 100 μL the drug vehicle twice daily for 15 days. Group II received 15 mg/kg of taxol intravenously at days 6, 9, 12, and 15. Group II received 15 mg/kg of taxol intravenously at days 6, 9, 12, and 15 and 15 mg/kg of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenyl-propanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, D91, (Test Compound) twice per day from day 3 to day 15. Group IV received 10 mg/kg of taxol intravenously at days 6, 9, 12, and 15 and 15 mg/kg of the Test Compound twice per day from day 3 to day 15. Group V received 15 mg/kg of the Test Compound twice per day from day 3 to day 15. All animals were sacrificed on day 28.

Each animal was checked twice a week for primary tumor and metastasis via GFP open imaging of the mediastinal lymph nodes. No metastasis was found on any other organs. Six mice from the control group died before the end of the study, but were evaluated for tumor and/or cellular metastasis. Table XXI below summarizes the results of this in vivo metastasis study.

TABLE XXI Mouse No. Group I Group II Group III Group IV Group V Evidence of Metastasis 1 Yes No No No No 7 Yes No No Yes Yes 3 No Yes No No No 4 Yes No No No No 5 Yes No No No No 6 Yes No No No Yes 7 Yes No No No No 8 No No No No No 9 Yes No No Yes No 10  Yes No No No No # mice with 8 1 0 2 1 metastases

In Vivo Anticancer Studies B16 Melanoma

The effectiveness of the disclosed compounds as a treatment for melanoma was studied. C57BL/6 mice (6-8 weeks-old, female, Taconic Farm) were inoculated with B16 melanoma cells (5×10⁴ cells/site, s.c.). On day 4 post-inoculation, the mice (5/group) were treated (5 day/week, M-F) with vehicle control (bid, i.p.), low dose of IL-2 (100,000 LU/mouse, bid, i.p.), high dose of IL-2 (300,000 LU/mouse, bid, i.p.), or their combinations with D91 (40 mg/kg, bid, s.c., administered 30 minutes prior to IL-2). Tumor volumes were recorded. In a separate experiment, mice similarly inoculated with B16 melanoma cells were treated (5 day/week, M-F) with vehicle control (bid, i.p.), IL-2 (300,000 IU/mouse, bid, i.p.), high dose of D91 (40 mg/kg, bid, s.c.), low dose of D91 (10 mg/kg, bid, s.c.) or the combination of IL-2 (300,000 IU/mouse, bid, i.p.) with low dose of D91 (10 mg/kg, bid, s.c., administered 30 minutes prior to IL-2). Tumor volumes were recorded.

As depicted in FIG. 3, although the high dose of IL-2 (⋄) reduced tumor volume as expected versus control (□), treatment with high dose of IL-2 in combination with high dose of D91 (∘) significantly reduced tumor volume as compared to high dose of IL-2 (⋄) alone. FIG. 4 is a histogram representing the tumor volume of animals receiving control (A), high dose IL-2 (B), and high dose IL-2/high dose D91 (C). The data depicted in FIG. 5 indicate that the increase in animal body weights during the study were consistent over each group and did not show any effects due to the choice of treatment.

As depicted in FIG. 6, treatment with a low dose of IL-2 in combination with a high dose of OD91 (∘) significantly reduced tumor volume versus control (□), whereas low dose of IL-2 (⋄) alone did not show measurable tumor volume reduction at the termination of the study on day 22. FIG. 7 is a histogram representing the tumor volume of animals receiving control (A), low dose IL-2 (B), and low dose IL-2/high dose D91 (C). FIG. 8 shows the effectiveness of treatments with 40 mg/kg b.i.d. D91 (∘) versus vehicle control (□) on B16 melanoma tumor volume.

Renal Cell Carcinoma

The effectiveness of the disclosed compounds as a treatment against renal cell carcinoma was studied. Balb/c mice (6-8 weeks-old, female, Taconic Farm) were inoculated with Renca renal cancer cells (5×10⁵ cells/site). On day 4 post-inoculation, the mice were randomly divided into 4 groups (4 mice/group) and treated (5 day/week, M-F) with vehicle control (bid, i.p.), IL-2 (100,000 IU/mouse, bid, i.p.), D91 (40 mg/kg, bid, s.c., administered 30 minutes prior to IL-2) or the combination. Tumor volumes were recorded.

As depicted in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenyl-propanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid, D91, significantly reduced renal tumor growth and was as effective as IL-2 in reducing tumor volume. In addition, the combination of D91 and IL-2 further reduced tumor volume.

Pancreatic Cancer

Pancreatic cancer is a malignant neoplasm of the pancreas. Each year in the United States, about 42,000 individuals are diagnosed with this condition and 35,000 die from the disease (“Pancreatic Cancer—National Cancer Institute. U.S. National Institutes of Health” (2009)). The prognosis is relatively poor but has improved; the three-year survival rate is now about thirty percent, but less than 5 percent of those diagnosed are still alive five years after diagnosis. Complete remission is still rather rare (Ghaneh P et al., (August 2007). “Biology and management of pancreatic cancer”. Gut 56 (8): 1134-52).

The effectiveness of the disclosed compounds as a treatment for pancreatic cancer was investigated. 60 NCr nu/nu males, 5-6 weeks old were transplanted by surgical orthotopic implantation (SOI) using MiaPaCa-2-RFP tumor fragments harvested from stock animals. The animals were anesthetized with isoflurane and the surgical area was sterilized using iodine and alcohol. An incision approximately 1.5 cm long was made in the left upper abdomen of the nude mouse using a pair of surgical scissors. The pancreas was exposed, and then two pieces of the MiaPaCa-2-RFP tumor fragments of 2 mm³ were transplanted to the mouse pancreas with 8-0 surgical sutures (nylon) after the capsule of the transplantation site had been stripped. The abdomen was closed with 6-0 surgical sutures (silk). All procedures of the operation described above were performed with a 7× magnification microscope (Olympus) under HEPA filtered laminar flow hoods.

Dosing of the animals began three days following tumor implantation. The high dose of gemcitabine was 150 mg/kg. The low dose of gemcitabine was 100 mg/kg. D91 was given at 20 mg/kg. Gemcitabine was give i.p. whereas D91 was given s.c.

The animals were divided into the following groups often animals each as depicted in Table XXII. As indicated in Table XXII, D91 was administered twice daily whereas gemcitabine was given twice weekly.

TABLE XXII Group Agent Dose Schedule 1 vehicle 100 μL b.i.d 7 gemcitabine 150 mg/kg Twice weekly 3 gemicitabine + 150 mg/kg + Twice weekly + D91 20 mg/kg b.i.d. 4 gemcitabine 100 mg/kg Twice weekly 5 gemicitabine + 100 mg/kg + Twice weekly + D91 20 mg/kg b.i.d. 6 D91 20 mg/kg b.i.d

As depicted in FIG. 9, D91 given at 20 mg/kg showed a significant reduction in pancreatic tumor volume at day 28 (∘). In addition the combination of low dose gemcitabine and 20 mg/kg D91 (*) showed a greater reduction in tumor volume than either low dose gencitabine (X) or D91 alone (∘).

Disclosed herein is a method for treating carcinoma in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having a carcinoma an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds.

Also disclosed herein is a method for treating a subject diagnosed with cancer, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds.

Further disclosed herein is a method for treating carcinoma in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having a carcinoma a composition comprising:

a) an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds; and

b) an effective amount of an anticancer drug.

Still further disclosed herein is a method for treating carcinoma in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having a carcinoma a composition comprising:

a) an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds; and

b) an effective amount of a compound that inhibits tumor growth.

Yet further disclosed herein is a method for treating a subject diagnosed with cancer, comprising administering to the subject diagnosed with cancer a composition comprising:

a) an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds; and

b) an effective amount of an anticancer drug.

Still yet further disclosed herein is a method for treating a subject diagnosed with cancer, comprising administering to the subject diagnosed with cancer a composition comprising:

a) an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds; and

b) an effective amount of a compound that inhibits tumor growth.

Compositions

Disclosed herein are compositions which can be used to prevent metastasis of cancer cells in a subject, the compositions comprising an effective amount of one or more of the compounds disclosed herein. Further disclosed herein are compositions that can be used to treat tumors in a human or other mammal.

One aspect relates to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) one or more pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.

Another aspect relates a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of one or chemotherapeutic agents;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and the chemotherapeutic agents         can be administered together or in any order.

One embodiment relates to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of taxol;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and taxol can be administered         together or in any order.

Another embodiment relates to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of gemcitabine;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and gemcitabine can be         administered together or in any order.

A further embodiment relate to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of erlotinib;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and erlotinib can be         administered together or in any order.

A yet further embodiment relate to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of doxil;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and doxil can be administered         together or in any order.

A still further embodiment relate to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of irinortecan;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and irinortecan can be         administered together or in any order.

A still yet further embodiment relate to a composition comprising:

-   -   a) an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed         herein; and     -   b) an effective amount of bevacizumab;     -   wherein the disclosed compounds and bevacizumab can be         administered together or in any order.

A “chemotherapeutic agent” or “chemotherapeutic compound” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. Chemotherapeutic cancer agents that can be used in combination with those disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, mitotic inhibitors (vinca alkaloids). These include vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and Navelbine™ (vinorelbine-5′-noranhydroblastine). In yet other embodiments, chemotherapeutic cancer agents include topoisomerase I inhibitors, such as camptothecin compounds. As used herein, “camptothecin compounds” include Camptosar™ (irinotecan HCL), Hycamtin™ (topotecan HCL) and other compounds derived from camptothecin and its analogues. Another category of chemotherapeutic cancer agents that may be used in the methods and compositions of the present disclosure are podophyllotoxin derivatives, such as etoposide, teniposide and mitopodozide. The present disclosure further encompasses other chemotherapeutic cancer agents known as alkylating agents, which alkylate the genetic material in tumor cells. These include without limitation cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, trimethylene thiophosphoramide, carmustine, busulfan, chlorambucil, belustine, uracil mustard, chlomaphazin, and dacarbazine. The present disclosure encompasses antimetabolites as chemotherapeutic agents. Examples of these types of agents include cytosine arabinoside, fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopurine, azathioprime, and procarbazine. An additional category of chemotherapeutic cancer agents that may be used in the methods and compositions of the present disclosure include antibiotics. Examples include without limitation doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin. There are numerous liposomal formulations commercially available for these compounds. The present disclosure further encompasses other chemotherapeutic cancer agents including without limitation anti-tumor antibodies, dacarbazine, azacytidine, amsacrine, melphalan, ifosfamide and mitoxantrone.

The disclosed compounds herein can be administered alone or in combination with other anti-tumor agents, including cytotoxic/antineoplastic agents and anti-angiogenic agents. Cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are defined as agents which attack and kill cancer cells. Some cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are alkylating agents, which alkylate the genetic material in tumor cells, e.g., cis-platin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, trimethylene thiophosphoramide, carmustine, busulfan, chlorambucil, belustine, uracil mustard, chlomaphazin, and dacabazine. Other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are antimetabolites for tumor cells, e.g., cytosine arabinoside, fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopuirine, azathioprime, and procarbazine. Other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are antibiotics, e.g., doxorubicin, bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, mithramycin, mitomycin, mytomycin C, and daunomycin. There are numerous liposomal formulations commercially available for these compounds. Still other cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents are mitotic inhibitors (vinca alkaloids). These include vincristine, vinblastine and etoposide. Miscellaneous cytotoxic/anti-neoplastic agents include taxol and its derivatives, L-asparaginase, anti-tumor antibodies, dacarbazine, azacytidine, amsacrine, melphalan, VM-26, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, and vindesine.

Anti-angiogenic agents are well known to those of skill in the art. Suitable anti-angiogenic agents for use in the methods and compositions of the present disclosure include anti-VEGF antibodies, including humanized and chimeric antibodies, anti-VEGF aptamers and antisense oligonucleotides. Other known inhibitors of angiogenesis include angiostatin, endostatin, interferons, interleukin 1 (including α and β) interleukin 12, retinoic acid, and tissue inhibitors of metalloproteinase-1 and -2. (TIMP-1 and -2). Small molecules, including topoisomerases such as razoxane, a topoisomerase II inhibitor with anti-angiogenic activity, can also be used.

Other anti-cancer agents that can be used in combination with the disclosed compounds include, but are not limited to: acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin; aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate; aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin; asparaginase; asperlin; azacitidine; azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium; bropirimine; busulfan; cactinomycin; calusterone; caracemide; carbetimer; carboplatin; carmustine; carubicin hydrochloride; carzelesin; cedefingol; chlorambucil; cirolemycin; cisplatin; cladribine; crisnatol mesylate; cyclophosphamide; cytarabine; dacarbazine; dactinomycin; daunorubicin hydrochloride; decitabine; dexormaplatin; dezaguanine; dezaguanine mesylate; diaziquone; docetaxel; doxorubicin; doxorubicin hydrochloride; droloxifene; droloxifene citrate; dromostanolone propionate; duazomycin; edatrexate; eflornithine hydrochloride; elsamitrucin; enloplatin; enpromate; epipropidine; epirubicin hydrochloride; erbulozole; esorubicin hydrochloride; estramustine; estramustine phosphate sodium; etanidazole; etoposide; etoposide phosphate; etoprine; fadrozole hydrochloride; fazarabine; fenretinide; floxuridine; fludarabine phosphate; fluorouracil; flurocitabine; fosquidone; fostriecin sodium; gemcitabine; gemcitabine hydrochloride; hydroxyurea; idarubicin hydrochloride; ifosfamide; ilmofosine; interleukin II (including recombinant interleukin II, or rIL2), interferon alfa-2a; interferon alfa-2b; interferon alfa-n1; interferon alfa-n3; interferon beta-I a; interferon gamma-I b; iproplatin; irinotecan hydrochloride; lanreotide acetate; letrozole; leuprolide acetate; liarozole hydrochloride; lometrexol sodium; lomustine; losoxantrone hydrochloride; masoprocol; maytansine; mechlorethamine hydrochloride; megestrol acetate; melengestrol acetate; melphalan; menogaril; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; methotrexate sodium; metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin; mitogillin; mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane; mitoxantrone hydrochloride; mycophenolic acid; nocodazole; nogalamycin; ormaplatin; oxisuran; paclitaxel; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine; peplomycin sulfate; perfosfamide; pipobroman; piposulfan; piroxantrone hydrochloride; plicamycin; plomestane; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednimustine; procarbazine hydrochloride; puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride; pyrazofurin; riboprine; rogletimide; safingol; safingol hydrochloride; semustine; simtrazene; sparfosate sodium; sparsomycin; spirogermanium hydrochloride; spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin; streptozocin; sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; teloxantrone hydrochloride; temoporfin; teniposide; teroxirone; testolactone; thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin; tirapazamine; toremifene citrate; trestolone acetate; triciribine phosphate; trimetrexate; trimetrexate glucuronate; triptorelin; tubulozole hydrochloride; uracil mustard; uredepa; vapreotide; verteporfin; vinblastine sulfate; vincristine sulfate; vindesine; vindesine sulfate; vinepidine sulfate; vinglycinate sulfate; vinleurosine sulfate; vinorelbine tartrate; vinrosidine sulfate; vinzolidine sulfate; vorozole; zeniplatin; zinostatin; zorubicin hydrochloride. Other anti-cancer drugs include, but are not limited to: 20-epi-1,25 dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin; acylfulvene; adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox; amifostine; aminolevulinic acid; amrubicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole; andrographolide; angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix; anti-dorsalizing morphogenetic protein-1; antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; arginine deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin 1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat; BCR/ABL antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin B; betulinic acid; bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine; bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane; buthionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine; carboxamide-amino-triazole; carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CARN 700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix; chlorlns; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost; cis-porphyrin; cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole; collismycin A; collismycin B; combretastatin A4; combretastatin analogue; conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptophycin 8; cryptophycin A derivatives; curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones; cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor; cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin B; deslorelin; dexamethasone; dexifosfamide; dexrazoxane; dexverapamil; diaziquone; didemnin B; didox; diethylnorspermine; dihydro-5-azacytidine; dihydrotaxol, 9-; dioxamycin; diphenyl spiromustine; docetaxel; docosanol; dolasetron; doxifluridine; droloxifene; dronabinol; duocarmycin SA; ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab; eflornithine; elemene; emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride; estramustine analogue; estrogen agonists; estrogen antagonists; etanidazole; etoposide phosphate; exemestane; fadrozole; fazarabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride; flavopiridol; flezelastine; fluasterone; fludarabine; fluorodaunorunicin hydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin; fotemustine; gadolinium texaphyrin; gallium nitrate; galocitabine; ganirelix; gelatinase inhibitors; gemcitabine; glutathione inhibitors; hepsulfam; heregulin; hexamethylene bisacetamide; hypericin; ibandronic acid; idarubicin; idoxifene; idramantone; ilmofosine; ilomastat; imidazoacridones; imiquimod; immunostimulant peptides; insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor inhibitor; interferon agonists; interferons; interleukins; iobenguane; iododoxorubicin; ipomeanol, 4-; iroplact; irsogladine; isobengazole; isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F; lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide; leinamycin; lenograstim; lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole; leukemia inhibiting factor; leukocyte alpha interferon; leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole; liarozole; linear polyamine analogue; lipophilic disaccharide peptide; lipophilic platinum compounds; lissoclinamide 7; lobaplatin; lombricine; lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone; lovastatin; loxoribine; lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin; lysofylline; lytic peptides; maitansine; mannostatin A; marimastat; masoprocol; maspin; matrilysin inhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; menogaril; merbarone; meterelin; methioninase; metoclopramide; MIF inhibitor; mifepristone; miltefosine; mirimostim; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone; mitolactol; mitomycin analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast growth factor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim; monoclonal antibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl lipid A+myobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drug resistance gene inhibitor, multiple tumor suppressor 1-based therapy; mustard anticancer agent; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial cell wall extract; myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted benzamides; nafarelin; nagrestip; naloxone+pentazocine; napavin; naphterpin; nartograstim; nedaplatin; nemorubicin; neridronic acid; neutral endopeptidase; nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide modulators; nitroxide antioxidant; nitrullyn; 06-benzylguanine; octreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides; onapristone; ondansetron; ondansetron; oracin; oral cytokine inducer, ormaplatin; osaterone; oxaliplatin; oxaunomycin; paclitaxel; paclitaxel analogues; paclitaxel derivatives; palauamine; palmitoylrhizoxin; pamidronic acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine; pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; pentostatin; pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol; phenazinomycin; phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil; pilocarpine hydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A; placetin B; plasminogen activator inhibitor, platinum complex; platinum compounds; platinum-triamine complex; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednisone; propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2; proteasome inhibitors; protein A-based immune modulator; protein kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase C inhibitors, microalgal; protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purine nucleoside phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine; pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylene conjugate; raf antagonists; raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors; ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor; retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re 186 etidronate; rhizoxin; ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide; rohitukine; romurtide; roquinimex; rubiginone B1; ruboxyl; safingol; saintopin; SarCNU; sarcophytol A; sargramostim; Sdi 1 mimetics; semustine; senescence derived inhibitor 1; sense oligonucleotides; signal transduction inhibitors; signal transduction modulators; single chain antigen binding protein; sizofiran; sobuzoxane; sodium borocaptate; sodium phenylacetate; solverol; somatomedin binding protein; sonermin; sparfosic acid; spicamycin D; spiromustine; splenopentin; spongistatin 1; squalamine; stem cell inhibitor; stem-cell division inhibitors; stipiamide; stromelysin inhibitors; sulfinosine; superactive vasoactive intestinal peptide antagonist; suradista; suramin; swainsonine; synthetic glycosaminoglycans; tallimustine; tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; tellurapyrylium; telomerase inhibitors; temoporfin; temozolomide; teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine; thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin mimetic; thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan; thyroid stimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopurpurin; tirapazamine; titanocene bichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell factor; translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine; triciribine; trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex; urogenital sinus-derived growth inhibitory factor, urokinase receptor antagonists; vapreotide; variolin B; vector system, erythrocyte gene therapy; velaresol; veramine; verdins; verteporfin; vinorelbine; vinxaltine; vitaxin; vorozole; zanoterone; zeniplatin; zilascorb; and zinostatin stimalamer. In one embodiment, the anti-cancer drug is 5-fluorouracil, taxol, or leucovorin.

The term “effective amount” as used herein means “an amount of one or more phenylsulfamic acids, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.” An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated. Although particular dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact “effective amount.” For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. In addition, the compositions of the present disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.

While particular embodiments of the present disclosure have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. It is therefore intended to cover in the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this disclosure. 

1-20. (canceled)
 21. A method for treating an ocular condition comprising administering to a subject in need thereof: a) a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound; and b) a therapeutically-effective amount of an anti-VEGF agent, wherein the compound has the formula:

wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:

R², R³, and R⁴ are each independently: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, C₃-C₆ branched, or C₃-C₆ cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear, C₃-C₆ branched, or C₃-C₆ cyclic alkenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₆ linear or C₃-C₆ branched alkynyl; v) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl; vii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic; or viii) R² and R³ taken together form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3 atoms can optionally be oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur; Z is a unit having the formula: -(L)_(n)-R¹ R¹ is: i) hydrogen; ii) hydroxyl; iii) amino; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, C₃-C₆ branched, or C₃-C₆ cyclic alkyl; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, C₃-C₆ branched, or C₃-C₆ cyclic alkoxy; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; vii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic rings; or viii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl rings; L is a linking unit having the formula: -[Q]_(y)[C(R^(5a)R^(5b))]_(x)[Q¹]_(z)[C(R^(6a)R^(6b))]_(w)— Q and Q¹ are each independently: i) —C(O)—; ii) —NH—; iii) —C(O)NH—; iv) —NHC(O)—; v) —NHC(O)NH—; vi) —NHC(O)O—; vii) —C(O)O—; viii) —C(O)NHC(O)—; ix) —O—; x) —S—; xi) —SO₂—; xii) —C(═NH)—; xiii) —C(═NH)NH—; xiv) —NHC(═NH)—; or xv) —NHC(═NH)NH—; R^(5a) and R^(5b) are each independently: i) hydrogen; ii) hydroxy; iii) halogen; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear or C₃-C₆ branched alkyl; or v) a unit having the formula: —[C(R^(7a)R^(7b))]_(t)R⁸ R^(7a) and R^(7b) are each independently: i) hydrogen; or ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, C₃-C₆ branched, or C₃-C₆ cyclic alkyl; R⁸ is: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ linear, C₃-C₆ branched, or C₃-C₆ cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted C₆ or C₁₀ aryl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heteroaryl; or v) substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₉ heterocyclic; R^(6a) and R^(6b) are each independently: i) hydrogen; or ii) C₁-C₄ linear or C₃-C₄ branched alkyl; the index n is 0 or 1; the indices t, w and x are each independently from 0 to 4; the indices y and z are each independently 0 or 1; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 22. The method of claim 21, wherein R has the formula:


23. The method of claim 22, wherein R⁴ is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, or tert-butyl.
 24. The method of claim 22, wherein R⁴ is phenyl, thiophen-2-yl, or thiophen-3-yl.
 25. The method of claim 22, wherein R⁴ is thiophen-2-yl.
 26. The method of claim 21, wherein R¹ is methoxy.
 27. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound has the formula:


28. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound has the formula:


29. The method of claim 21, wherein R has the formula:


30. The method of claim 29, wherein R² and R³ are independently hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, or tert-butyl.
 31. The method of claim 29, wherein R² is ethyl.
 32. The method of claim 29, wherein R² is phenyl, thiophen-2-yl, or thiophen-3-yl.
 33. The method of claim 29, wherein R² is thiophen-2-yl.
 34. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound has the formula:


35. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is in the form of a salt of ammonium, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, or lysine.
 36. The method of claim 21, wherein the anti-VEGF agent inhibits angiogenesis.
 37. The method of claim 21, wherein the ocular condition is eye cancer.
 38. The method of claim 21, wherein the ocular condition is intraocular melanoma.
 39. The method of claim 21, wherein the ocular condition is retinoblastoma.
 40. The method of claim 21, wherein the compound is administered subcutaneously. 